Sonic Owner's Manual - Dealer E Process

2019 Sonic

Sonic Owner’s Manual

84180404 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Sonic_COV_en_US_84180404A_2018JUN01.ai 1 5/29/2018 1:22:08 PM19_CHEV_Sonic_COV_en_US_84180404A_2018JUN01.ai 1 5/29/2018 1:22:08 PM

Chevrolet Sonic Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-12461769) -2019 - crc - 5/21/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 105

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 142

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 174

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 295

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 313

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 323

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andSONIC are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84180404 A First Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . 10Trunk Release (Sedan) . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25Driving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 171.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 135.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 139.

3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 138.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 111.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 107.

6. Card Holder. See “Card Holder”under Instrument PanelStorage 0 102.

7. AM-FM Radio 0 147.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 137.

9. Instrument Panel Storage0 102.

10. Passenger Sensing System0 76.

11. Hazard Warning Flashers0 137.

12. USB Port 0 150.

Auxiliary Jack 0 153.

13. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 196 (IfEquipped) or ManualTransmission 0 199 (IfEquipped).

14. Trunk Release (Sedan). SeeTrunk (Sedan) 0 43.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 214 (If Equipped).

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 203.

15. Power Outlets 0 109.

16. Climate Control Systems0 169.

17. Central Locking Switch. SeeDoor Locks 0 39.

18. Ignition Switch.See Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) 0 185 or IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access)0 188.

19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 106.

20. Horn 0 107.

21. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 106 (Out of View).

22. Cruise Control 0 205.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 212 (If Equipped.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 107(If Equipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 116.

24. Hood Release. See Hood0 224.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Key Access with Remote StartShown (Hatchback)

Key Access with Power TrunkShown (Sedan)

Press the key release button toextend the key blade. The key canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.


In Brief 9

Keyless Access with Remote StartShown

Press the button on the side of theRKE transmitter to remove the key.Never remove the key withoutpressing the button. The key can beused for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door,or all doors and the trunk/liftgate.

Press Q to lock all doors and thetrunk/liftgate.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

If equipped, pressX twice torelease the trunk.

Press and release 7 to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 26 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 29 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 35.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock all doors or unlock thedriver door only.


10 In Brief

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 29 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 35.

To lock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press Q on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Press the lock knob on the driverdoor to lock all doors and,if equipped, the liftgate.

To unlock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press K on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatchesthe door.

. Lift the lock knob on the driverdoor to unlock the driver door.

See Door Locks 0 39.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.

Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 29 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 35.

Liftgate (Hatchback)To lock or unlock the liftgate or trunkfrom the inside, press Q or K onthe central locking switch or on thedriver door switch.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) forautomatic transmissions. Formanual transmissions the parkingbrake must be engaged.

To open the liftgate from theoutside, press K on the RKEtransmitter to unlock all doors, thenuse the touch pad.

See Liftgate (Hatchback) 0 44.

Trunk Release (Sedan)To lock or unlock the trunk from theinside, press Q or K on the centrallocking switch or on the driver doorswitch.


In Brief 11

To open the trunk from inside thevehicle press V.

To lock the trunk from the outsidepress Q on the RKE transmitter.

To open the trunk from outside ofthe vehicle:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterto unlock all doors, then use thetouch pad.

. PressX twice on the RKEtransmitter.

See Trunk (Sedan) 0 43 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

Windows

Manual Windows

If equipped, use the window crankto open and close each window.

See Manual Windows 0 50.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter or keys in avehicle with children. When thereare children in the rear seat, usethe window lockout button toprevent operation of the windows.See Keys 0 26.


12 In Brief

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 56.

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.

Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.


In Brief 13

If necessary, move the seatbelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.

Second Row SeatsThe rear seatbacks can be foldeddown to increase cargo space.

See Rear Seats 0 60.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 55 and SeatAdjustment 0 56.

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 62

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 63

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 65

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 89


14 In Brief

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 76.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 115.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

Manual Outside Mirrors

Move the control up, down, or sideto side to adjust the mirror.

See Manual Mirrors 0 49.

Power Outside Mirrors

For vehicles with power outsidemirrors:

1. Select the mirror by moving theselector switch to L for thedriver side or R for thepassenger side.

2. Use the control knob to movethe mirror in the desireddirection.

See Power Mirrors 0 49.


In Brief 15

Interior Mirror

Hold the inside rearview mirror inthe center to move it for a clearerview behind your vehicle. Adjust themirror to avoid glare from theheadlamps behind you. Push thetab forward for daytime use and pullit for nighttime use.

See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 50.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up,down, forward, and backward.

3. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

For vehicles with front readinglamps, they are in the overheadconsole.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information about interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 139 orCourtesy Lamps 0 139.


16 In Brief

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the outboardside of the steering column.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : For vehicles with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 135

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 136

. Fog Lamps 0 138

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Sedan

Hatchback

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.


In Brief 17

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 107. For vehicles with a rearwindow wiper/washer, see RearWindow Wiper/Washer 0 108.

Climate ControlsIf equipped with these climatecontrol systems, the heating,cooling, and ventilation can becontrolled for the vehicle.

Climate Control System withHeater and Air Conditioning

1. Temperature Control

2. Fan Control

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Air Conditioning

Climate Control System withHeater Only


2. Fan Control



See Climate Control Systems 0 169.


18 In Brief

Transmission

Automatic Transmission

Manual Mode

If equipped, this position allows youto change gears similar to a manualtransmission. To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the side of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

See Manual Mode 0 198.

Manual Transmission

Up-Shift Light

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have an up-shift light.This light indicates when to shift tothe next higher gear for better fueleconomy.

For the best fuel economy,accelerate slowly and shift when thelight comes on, if weather, road, andtraffic conditions allow.

It is normal for the light to go on andoff if the accelerator positionchanges quickly. Ignore the lightduring downshifts.

Reverse Lockout

The manual transmission isequipped with a reverse lockoutring. To shift into R (Reverse), pressdown the clutch pedal, lift up thering on the shift lever, and shift intoR (Reverse). Let up on the clutchpedal slowly while pressing theaccelerator pedal.

See Manual Transmission 0 199.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainment

features are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation, center stack controls,and infotainment displaycontrols.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlebutton or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 176.

To play the infotainment system withthe ignition off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192.

Radio(s)O : Press to turn the system on.Press and hold to turn the systemoff. Turn to increase or decrease thevolume.

g : Press and release to go to theprevious station, channel, or track.Press and hold to fast seek theprevious strongest station.

d : Press and release to go to thenext station, channel, or track.Press and hold to fast seek the nextstrongest station.

Source : Touch to choose betweenavailable sources.

Menu : Touch to choose betweenavailable menus.

S or T : Touch to view savedfavorite stations or channels.

See Overview 0 143.

Satellite RadioIf equipped, a SiriusXM satelliteradio tuner and a valid SiriusXMsatellite radio subscription canreceive SiriusXM programming.


20 In Brief

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theSiriusXM service.

Refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).

. www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio 0 149.

Portable Audio DevicesThis vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)auxiliary input and two USB ports onthe center stack. External devicessuch as iPods, MP3 players, andUSB storage devices may beconnected.

See Auxiliary Jack 0 153 and USBPort 0 150.

BluetoothThe Bluetooth system allows userswith a Bluetooth-enabled cell phoneto make and receive hands-freecalls using the vehicle audio systemand controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phonemust be paired with the in-vehicleBluetooth system before it can beused in the vehicle. Not all phoneswill support all functions.

See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 156 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone) 0 157.

Steering Wheel Controls

Some audio steering wheel controlscould differ depending on thevehicle's options. Some audiocontrols can be adjusted at thesteering wheel.

b / g : Press to interact with theavailable Bluetooth or OnStarsystems.

$ / i : Press to decline anincoming call, to end speechrecognition, or to end a current call.Press to silence the vehicle


In Brief 21

speakers while using theinfotainment system. Press again toturn the sound on.

For vehicles with OnStar orBluetooth systems, press to rejectan incoming call or end acurrent call.

_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audiosource.

Toggle up or down to select the nextor previous favorite radio station,CD/MP3 track, USB file, iPod/iPhone song or Bluetooth music.

Toggle and hold up or down to fastforward or reverse the radiostations, CD/MP3 tracks, USB files,iPod/iPhone songs, or Bluetoothmusic.

+ x − : Press + or − to increase ordecrease the volume.

See Steering Wheel Controls 0 106.

Cruise Control

o : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

n : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 205.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the turn signal lever.

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. wx : Turn the band to scrollthrough the menu items.


22 In Brief

3. MENU: Press to display theDIC menus. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 126.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert and rapidly beeps. This alertstays lit if you follow a vehicle muchtoo closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 212.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turnsignal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 214.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle, on theinfotainment display, when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)0 209.

Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph) and uses audiblebeeps to provide distance andsystem information.

Keep the sensors on the vehicle'srear bumper clean to ensure properoperation.

See Park Assist 0 211.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet behind the cupholderson the center console.

See Power Outlets 0 109.


In Brief 23

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Express-open : Press and releasee to express-open the sunroof.Press again to stop the movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holde to open thesunroof. Release the switch to stopthe movement. Press and holdgto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Vent : Press and holdg to ventthe sunroof.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must be closedmanually.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

See Sunroof 0 52.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g on the center console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster and the appropriate DICmessage may display.

. Press and release g again toturn TCS back on.


24 In Brief. To turn off both TCS and

StabiliTrak/ESC, press and holdg until i and g illuminate in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC may display.

. Press g again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 203.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See

Vehicle Load Limits 0 181. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 261.

Fuel

Regular Unleaded Fuel

Use only Regular 87 octane —(R+M)/2 — or higher unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline isrecommended. Do not use gasolinewith an octane rating lower as it willresult in reduced performance andlower fuel economy. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 216.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.


In Brief 25

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the: % CHANGEmessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) when it is necessary tochange the engine oil and filter.

Remember, the oil life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Press MENU to showRemaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press SET/CLR whilethe oil life display is active.Select YES and press and holdSET/CLR. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 229.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 317.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 41Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

DoorsTrunk (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 45Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Immobilizer Operation (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Immobilizer Operation (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 50

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withan ignition key or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter isdangerous and children or otherscould be seriously injured orkilled. They could operate thepower window or other controls ormake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the keyin the ignition or with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, andchildren or others could be caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave children in a vehiclewith the ignition key or an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

The ignition key, key rings, and RKEtransmitter, if equipped, aredesigned to work together. As asystem, it reduces the risk ofunintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. If replacementsor additions are required, see yourdealer. Limit added items to a fewessential keys or small, light itemsno larger than an RKE transmitter.

Interference from radio-frequencyidentification (RFID) tags mayprevent the key from starting thevehicle. Keep RFID tags away fromthe key when starting the vehicle.





The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

Press the button on the RKEtransmitter to extend the key. Pressthe button and the key blade toretract the key.

If it becomes difficult to turn theignition with the key, inspect the keyblade for debris.

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks. Press thebutton on the side of the RKEtransmitter to remove the key. Neverremove the key without pressing thebutton.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If you are locked out of the vehicle,see Roadside Assistance Program0 317.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 327.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 323.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access)The Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

With Remote Start Shown

Q : Press once to lock all doors andthe trunk/liftgate.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Open Door Anti LockOut is enabled through vehiclepersonalization, all doors will lockand then the driver door willimmediately unlock. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.



Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 45.

K : Press to unlock the driver doorand the trunk/liftgate. Press again tounlock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking has occurred.See Vehicle Personalization 0 132.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 45.

X : If equipped, press twice torelease the trunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for about30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain or the ignition is turned on.

/ : If equipped, press Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds or until the turnsignal lamps flash to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Keyless Access Operation

If equipped, the Keyless Accesssystem lets you lock and unlock thefront doors or access the trunk/liftgate without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittershould be within 1 m (3 ft) of thetrunk/liftgate or door being opened.If the vehicle has this feature, therewill be buttons on the outside frontdoor handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock both frontdoors on the first unlock/lock buttonpress from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driverdoor handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,the front passenger door will unlock.Pull the door handle to unlatchthe door.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause both front doors to lock if anyof the following occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock both frontdoors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand both front doors are nowclosed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the frontpassenger door handle will unlockboth front doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause both front doors to lock if anyof the following occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock both front doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped, Keyless Access willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed, if thevehicle is off and at least one RKEtransmitter has been removed fromthe interior or none remain in thevehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.

If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Keyless Trunk/Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk/liftgate above the licenseplate to open the trunk/liftgate whenthe RKE transmitter is in range.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp three



times after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 132.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to be

reprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the frontcupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder on the outside ofthe driver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, or 5.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe front cupholder.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe front cupholder andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.



When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC will again displayREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC should now displayREADY FOR REMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe front cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe front cupholder andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.



When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak, theDIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED. The DIC may displayREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

1. Place the transmitter in thefront cupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and press ENGINESTART/STOP. See Starting theEngine 0 189.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter near thebottom and remove the key.Never remove the key withoutpressing the button.



2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using the key or aflat tool inserted into the areanear the key slot.

3. Lift the battery with a flatobject.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Insert the new battery, positiveside toward the back cover.Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

6. Push the transmitter together.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Key Access)The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.





Q : Press to lock all doors and thetrunk/liftgate. The turn signalindicators may flash and/or the hornmay sound on the second press toindicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if Open DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 45.

K : Press to unlock the driver door,or all doors and the trunk/liftgate.The turn signal indicators flash toindicate unlocking has occurred.See Vehicle Personalization 0 132.

Pressing K may also disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 45.

X : If equipped, press twice torelease the trunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 for atleast three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signals flash for30 seconds, or until 7 is pressedagain, or until the ignition is turnedon using the key.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds or

until the turn signal lamps flash tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.

The buttons on the RKE transmitterare disabled when there is a key inthe ignition.

Programming Keys to theVehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed.

Programming with TwoRecognized Keys

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn on the ignition.



2. Turn the ignition off, andremove the key.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,insert the second originalalready programmed key in theignition and turn on the ignition.

4. Turn the ignition off, andremove the key.

5. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn theignition on within five seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without TwoRecognized Keys

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen two recognized keys are notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that owners see their dealer.

If two currently recognized keys arenot available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn the ignition on. Thesecurity light will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition off.

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnthe ignition on; the key islearned and all previouslyknown keys will no longer workwith the vehicle.

6. To program the second key,turn the ignition off and insertthe second key to be learnedand turn the ignition on.

After the two keys are learned,remaining keys can be learned byfollowing the procedure in“Programming with TwoRecognized Keys.”

Battery Replacement

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

1. Press the button on the RKEtransmitter to extend the key.



2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter by inserting a flattool into the recess of thetransmitter.

3. Remove the battery with asmall tool by pushing it towardthe top of the transmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing up. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear fog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If the vehicle has heated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Heated Front Seats 0 59.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.



When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for15 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 15-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Turn the ignition on before driving.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 30 minutes.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 15 minutes fora total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

After this, the ignition must beturned on then off before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The key is in the ignition (KeyAccess).

. A transmitter is in the vehicle(Keyless Access).

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, all

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock all doors or unlock thedriver door only.

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 29 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Key Access)0 35.

To lock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press Q on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Press the lock knob on the driverdoor to lock all doors and,if equipped, the liftgate.

To unlock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press K on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatchesthe door.

. Lift the lock knob on the driverdoor to unlock the driver door.

The central locking switch andpower door lock switch also lockand unlock the liftgate/trunk.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.

Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 29 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 35.



Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed. Delayed locking can only beturned on when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the driver orpassenger door power lock switchwhile the door is open, a chime willsound three times to indicate thatdelayed locking is active. The doors

will then lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

If a door is reopened beforefive seconds have elapsed, thefive-second timer will reset once allthe doors are closed again. Press Qon the door lock switch again,or press Q on the RKE transmitter,to override this feature and lock thedoors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Automatic Door LocksThe vehicle is programmed so thatwhen the doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or when the vehiclespeed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) formanual transmissions, the doorsand the trunk/liftgate will lock.

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot is

removed from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors and the trunk/liftgate:

. Press K on the center stack orthe driver door switch.

. If equipped with an automatictransmission the vehicle must bein P (Park).

. If equipped with a manualtransmission the vehicle must bein Neutral with the parkingbrake set.

This feature can be programmed.See Vehicle Personalization 0 132.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.



Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout has beenturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain open.Press the button again to lock thedriver door. The Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock islocated on the inside edge of therear doors. To use the safety lock:

1. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the horizontal position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by using thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the vertical position. Dothe same for the other door.



Doors

Trunk (Sedan)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 195.

To lock or unlock the trunk from theinside, press Q or K on the centrallocking switch or on the driver doorlock switch.

To open the trunk from inside thevehicle, pressV.



To open the trunk from outside ofthe vehicle:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterto unlock all doors, then use thetouch pad.

. PressX twice on the RKEtransmitter.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

To lock the trunk from outside pressQ on the RKE transmitter.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe underside of the trunk lid. Thishandle will glow following exposureto light. Pull the release handledown to open the trunk from theinside.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Liftgate (Hatchback)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 195.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, press Q or K on thecentral locking switch or on thedriver door switch.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) forautomatic transmissions. Formanual transmissions the parkingbrake must be engaged.

To open the liftgate from theoutside, press K on the RKEtransmitter to unlock all doors, thenuse the touch pad.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

When closing the liftgate, close fromthe center to ensure that it fullylatches.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light on the instrumentpanel near the windshield indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Vehicle is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunk/liftgate is open.



Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close all doors, the trunk/liftgate, and the hood.

2. Lock the vehicle in one oftwo ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp and

the lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the liftgate isopened without first unlocking withthe RKE transmitter, the turn signalswill flash and the horn will sound forabout 30 seconds. The alarmsystem will then re-arm to monitorfor the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system, either unlockthe doors using the RKE transmitter,or start the vehicle with arecognized transmitter in thevehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, an alarm occurredpreviously while the alarm systemwas armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 323.



Immobilizer Operation(Key Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the key isremoved from the ignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with the correct key. The keyuses a transponder that matches animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only an authorized keystarts the vehicle. The vehicle maynot start if the key is damaged.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamagedor the light continues to stay on, tryanother ignition key. If the enginedoes not start with the other key, thevehicle needs service. If the vehicledoes start, the first key may bedamaged. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new key made.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Immobilizer Operation(Keyless Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when ENGINE START/STOP is pressed and a validtransmitter is found in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in your



vehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off),and the RKE transmitter appears tobe undamaged, try anothertransmitter. Or, you may try placingthe transmitter in the frontcupholder. See “Starting the Vehiclewith a Low Transmitter Battery”under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

If the engine does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the pocket in thefront cupholder, the vehicle needsservice. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new transmitterprogrammed to the vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Manual Mirrors

Move the control up, down, or sideto side to adjust the mirror.

See Folding Mirrors 0 49.

Power Mirrors

For vehicles with power outsidemirrors:

1. Select the mirror by moving theselector switch to L for thedriver side or R for thepassenger side.

2. Use the control knob to movethe mirror in the desireddirection.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors. These mirrors can be foldedinward to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. To fold, pull the mirror towardthe vehicle. Push the mirror outwardto return it to the original position.

Heated Mirrors1 : If equipped, press to heat theoutside mirrors. See “Rear Windowand Outside Mirror Defogger” underClimate Control Systems 0 169.



Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorHold the inside rearview mirror inthe center to move it for a clearerview behind your vehicle. Adjust themirror to avoid glare from theheadlamps behind you. Push thetab forward for daytime use and pullit for nighttime use.

Vehicles with OnStar may havethree control buttons at the bottomof the mirror. To avoid accidentalOnStar calls, do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror. Use asoft towel dampened with water.

See OnStar Overview 0 327.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Manual WindowsIf equipped, use the window crankto open and close each window.

The rear windows do not open fully.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter or keys in avehicle with children. When thereare children in the rear seat, usethe window lockout button toprevent operation of the windows.See Keys 0 26.



If equipped, the power windowswork when the ignition is on, inACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rearpassenger windows from working.

. PressZ to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. PressZ again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.



Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Sun VisorsTo block out glare, swing down thesun visors. You can also removethem from the center mount andswing them to the side.

Visor Vanity Mirror

Vanity mirrors are on the back of thesun visors. Swing down the sunvisor and open the cover.

Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

Express-open : Press and releasee to express-open the sunroof.Press again to stop the movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holde to open thesunroof. Release the switch to stop



the movement. Press and holdgto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Vent : Press and holdg to ventthe sunroof.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must be closedmanually.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.


54 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 57Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 72When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Passenger Sensing System . . . 76Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 80Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 81Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Infants and Young Children . . . . 84Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 86Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 88Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 89Replacing LATCH System Parts

After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


Seats and Restraints 55

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechances of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 89.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.



To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull up on the handle at thefront of the seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

If available, move the lever up ordown to manually raise or lowerthe seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 58.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 57.

Lumbar Adjustment



If equipped, press the front or rearof the switch to increase ordecrease lumbar support. Releasethe switch when the desired level ofsupport is reached.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the seatbelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Front Seat Armrest

There is an armrest on the inboardside of the driver seat. To raise orlower the armrest, push up or pulldown on the armrest.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use care

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control system. To operate,the engine must be running.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat. The indicator lighton the control turns on when thisfeature is on. Press the controlagain to turn this feature off.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Auto HeatedSeats

If equipped and turned on, when it iscold outside the heated seats canbe turned on automatically during aremote vehicle start. The heatedseats will be canceled when theignition is turned on. Press theheated seat controls to use theheated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated seat indicator lights donot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 132and Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered



the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 132.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook.

Sedan Shown, Hatchback Similar

2. Reach under the belt and pullthe lever on top of the seatbackto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat Steps 1–3 for the otherseatback, if desired.



Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook and is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

The center rear seat belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 114.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 82 orInfants and Young Children 0 84.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.



Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.



The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 68.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”in this section for instructionson use and important safetyinformation.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullstitching on the seat beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe seat belt in a crash. See How toWear Seat Belts Properly 0 63.

The adjuster can be moved up bypushing the slide/trim up. To movethe adjuster down, press the releasebutton and move it down.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pressing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat belt



system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 69.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.



Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 114.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 69.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 114.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 73.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 82 orInfants and Young Children 0 84.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 114.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 70.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbag

system's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and



whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear-frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side crashes.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 72.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 73.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 72.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflated

airbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the

fuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.

See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 325 and Event DataRecorders 0 325.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 115.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the front



outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. The front outboard passengerseat is occupied by a smallerperson, such as a child who hasoutgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.



When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the OFF indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 115.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who has

outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 114 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 98 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 96.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 55.



6. Restart the vehicle.

If the ON indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle, andcheck with your dealer.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the system

to detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

will not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well the



passenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 322.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, ceiling trim, or pillargarnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,



sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 76.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 269 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 315.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 114.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 72. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have them

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 114.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 65.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 65.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 82.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 89 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 76 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional



passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the

vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 98or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 96.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.



Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 98or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 96.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

I : Seating positions withtop tether anchors.



H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover for sedanmodels or near the anchors onhatchback models.

Sedan

For sedan models, the top tetheranchors are under the coversbehind the rear seat on the fillerpanel. Pull open the cover to accessthe top tether anchors. Be sure touse an anchor on the same side ofthe vehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Hatchback

For hatchback models, the toptether anchors are on the back ofthe rear seatbacks. Remove thecargo cover before installing the toptether. The cargo cover shouldremain off while the top tether is inuse. Be sure to use an anchor onthe same side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 88 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 88.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Open the cover,if equipped, to access thetop tether anchors.

2.3. For hatchback models,remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. The cargo covershould remain off whilethe top tether is in use.

2.4. Route and tighten the toptether according to yourchild restraint instructionsand the followinginstructions:



If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, raise theheadrest or head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.



To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 60for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Rear Seats.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

working properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 89 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 89 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 88.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 89.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 89.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 89 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 88.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 76 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 115 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 76 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 89 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, theOFF indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 115.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 76.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


102 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 102Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 102Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Luggage/Load LocationsLoad Compartment

(Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover (Hatchback) . . . . 103

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Lift up on the lever to open.

Card Holder

Store a card in the slot on theinstrument panel.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.


Storage 103

Luggage/LoadLocations

Load Compartment(Hatchback)

The load compartment cover can beused to conceal objects under it,or it can be removed and placed onthe bottom of the load compartmentto carry larger loads.

To remove the load compartmentcover:

1. Lift up on the loadcompartment cover andpull out.

2. Store the load compartmentcover on the bottom of the loadcompartment.

To install the load compartmentcover:

1. Align the front sides of the loadcompartment cover into theslots on both sides at the frontof the load compartment.

2. Lower the load compartmentcover onto the lip around theload compartment.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover (Hatchback)

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.


104 Storage

The cargo cover can be used tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove both of the cords fromthe hooks at the top of theliftgate.

2. Push up on the underside ofthe cargo cover at both pins atthe front sides of the cargocover.

To install the cargo cover:

1. Align the clips on the undersideof the cargo cover over thepins on both sides of the cargoarea and push down.

2. Reconnect both of the cords tothe hooks at the top of theliftgate.


Instruments and Controls 105

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 106Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 106Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 107Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 107Rear Window Wiper/

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 114Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 114

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 116Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 116Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 118Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . 118Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . 119Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Power Steering Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 121Ultrasonic Parking Sensor

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 121Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Engine Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 122Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 123

Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 123Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Reduced Engine Power

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 124Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 124Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 125Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 125Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Information DisplaysDriver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Engine Power Messages . . . . . 131Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 132

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 132


106 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up,down, forward, and backward.

3. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


Some audio steering wheel controlscould differ depending on thevehicle's options. Some audiocontrols can be adjusted at thesteering wheel.

b / g : For vehicles with Bluetoothor OnStar, press to interact withthose systems.See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 156 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone) 0 157 or OnStar (ifequipped).

$ / i : Press to decline anincoming call, to end speechrecognition, or to end a current call.Press to silence the vehiclespeakers while using theinfotainment system. Press again toturn the sound on.

For vehicles with OnStar orBluetooth systems, press to rejectan incoming call or end acurrent call.

_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audiosource.

Toggle up or down to select the nextor previous favorite radio station,CD/MP3 track, USB file, iPod/iPhone song, or Bluetooth music.

Toggle and hold up or down to fastforward or reverse the radiostations, CD/MP3 tracks, USB files,iPod/iPhone songs, or Bluetoothmusic.

+ x − : Press + or − to increase ordecrease the volume.



Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Sedan

Hatchback

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.



If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 237for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged wiper bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement 0 242.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. A circuit breaker willstop the motor until it cools down.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherIf equipped with the rear wiper/washer, the controls are on the endof the windshield wiper lever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton for a delay between wipes.

a : Push the windshield wiper leverforward to spray washer fluid on therear window. The lever returns to itsstarting position when released.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park under the rearspoiler.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever is



in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 237.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna,located on the roof, for long periodsof time with objects that mayinterfere with the antenna's ability toreceive a satellite signal. Thecompass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine whenthe GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading again.

ClockThe clock can be set using theinfotainment system. See “System”under Settings 0 163.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet behind the cupholderson the center console.

Remove the cover to access andreplace when not in use.

{ Warning

Power is supplied to the outletswhen the ignition is on. When notin use, do not leave electricalequipment plugged in. Thevehicle could catch fire and causeinjury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.



When the battery is low, the powersupply to the outlets will beinterrupted.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 219.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Cluster with Base Level DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)



Cluster with Uplevel DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 126.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge shows how much fuel is leftin the fuel tank. When the indicator

nears empty, a fuel warning light willcome on. See Low Fuel WarningLight 0 123. The vehicle still has alittle fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe fueled soon. An arrow on the fuelgauge indicates the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. These arenormal and do not indicate aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the gaspump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thefuel tank was half full, but itactually took a little more or lessthan half the fuel tank's capacityto fill it.

. The indicator moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.



Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 76.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat

such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners(if equipped), the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module. For moreinformation on the airbag system,see Airbag System 0 70.



The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 76 for importantsafety information. The instrumentpanel has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Light 0 114 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

This light will come on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, and theengine is not running, as a check toshow it is working.

It should go out when the engine isstarted. If it stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery. If a shortdistance must be driven with thelight on, turn off all accessories,

such as the radio and airconditioner, to help reduce the drainon the battery.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is onwith the engine not running for KeyAccess or in Service Mode forKeyless Access.See Ignition Positions (Key Access)0 185 or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 188.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 223.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 217. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 216.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 219. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.



The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is on with theengine not running for KeyAccess or in Service Mode forKeyless Access.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Service Vehicle SoonLight

For vehicles with this light, it comeson if a condition exists that mayrequire the vehicle to be taken in forservice.

If the light comes on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Owner Manual Indicator

This symbol is shown when youneed to see the owner’s manual foradditional instructions orinformation.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled off

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will also comeon when the parking brake is set.The light will stay on if the parkingbrake does not fully release. If itstays on after the parking brake isfully released, it means there is abrake problem.

If the light comes on while driving,carefully pull off the road and stop.The pedal may be harder to push ormay go closer to the floor. It maytake longer to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing the Vehicle0 282.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off. If the light comes onwhile driving, stop as soon as it issafely possible and turn the ignition

off. Then start the engine again toreset the system. If the ABS lightstays on, or comes on again whiledriving, the vehicle needs service.If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warninglight is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 118.

Operate Pedal Light

This light comes on when the clutchor brake pedal needs to be appliedto start the vehicle.



Up-Shift Light

For manual transmission vehicles,there is an up-shift light that comeson in the lower DIC area. It showswhen to shift to the next higher gearfor best fuel economy.

See Manual Transmission 0 199.

Power Steering WarningLight

This light comes on briefly when theignition is turned on as a check toshow it is working.

If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, the system may not beworking. If this happens, see yourdealer for service.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light, located in thecenter of the instrument panel,comes on briefly while starting thevehicle.

If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 214.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) Warning LightIf equipped, this light is on thecenter of the instrument panel.

The red forward collision alertcomes on and flashes when avehicle is being approached toorapidly.

The forward collision alert stays onwhen following a vehicle much tooclosely.




Vehicle Ahead IndicatorThis light is on the center of theinstrument panel.

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead


Ultrasonic ParkingSensor Light

If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light indicates a malfunction inthe system. See your dealer forservice.

See Park Assist 0 211.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak/ESCOFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.



If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak/ESC system is activelyworking.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 236.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 236.

Tire Pressure Light



For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 260.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.



Immobilizer Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the immobilizersystem.See Immobilizer Operation (KeyAccess) 0 47 or ImmobilizerOperation (Keyless Access) 0 47.

Reduced Engine PowerLight

The reduced engine power lightshould come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

This light, along with the malfunctionindicator lamp, displays when anoticeable reduction in the vehicle'sperformance occurs.

The vehicle can be driven at areduced speed when the reducedengine power light is on butacceleration and speed might bereduced. If this light stays on, seeyour dealer as soon as possible fordiagnosis and repair.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 136.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, thislight comes on when the fog lampsare on.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 138.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 135.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 205.

Hood Ajar Light

This light comes on when the hoodis open or not securely latched.Before driving, check that the hoodis properly closed.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays information aboutthe vehicle. It also displays warningmessages if a system problem isdetected. See Vehicle Messages0 130. All messages appear in theDIC display in the instrument panelcluster.

DIC Operation and Displays

On some models, the trip odometerreset stem is used to operate theDIC. On other models, the controlsfor the DIC are on the turn signallever.

DIC Buttons

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. w /x: Turn the band toscroll through the menus.

3. MENU: Press to display theTrip/Fuel menu and the VehicleInformation menu. This buttonis also used to return to or exitthe last screen displayed onthe DIC.

Vehicle Information MenuItems (Base Level DIC)

Press MENU to view the DIC menu.Some items display in the upperdisplay area, some in the lowerdisplay area, and others use boththe upper and lower display areas.Use w /x to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of possible menuitems:

. Remaining Oil Life

. Units

. Tire Learn

Remaining Oil Life

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. This displayshows an estimate of the oil'sremaining useful life. If 99: % isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the: % CHANGE message willappear on the display. The oilshould changed as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 227. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press SET/



CLR while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 229.

Units

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. Press SET/CLRwhile the unit display is active andmove w /x to change units whenUNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. Select 1,2, or 3 for the unit display. 1 ismetric units, 2 is Imperial units, and3 is US units. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DIC tothe type of measurements selected.

Tire Learn

This display allows for matching ofthe TPMS sensors. The display willshow a vehicle with the approximatepressures of all four tires. Tirepressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 261 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items (BaseLevel DIC)

Press MENU until the Trip/Fuelmenu is displayed. Use w /x toscroll through the menu items. Onsome models, use the trip odometerreset stem to scroll through themenu. Not all items are available onevery vehicle. The following is a listof possible menu items:

. Trip Odometer

. Fuel Range

. Average Vehicle Speed

. Instantaneous Fuel Economy

. Average Fuel Economy

Trip Odometer

This display shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing SET/CLR orpressing and holding the tripodometer reset stem while the tripodometer display is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average ofthe vehicle's fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Average Vehicle Speed

This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressingSET/CLR or pressing and holdingthe trip odometer reset stem whilethe Average Vehicle Speed displayis showing.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy

The instantaneous fuel economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflects



only the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change. This displaycannot be reset.

Average Fuel Economy

This display shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The fuel economy can bereset by pressing SET/CLR orpressing and holding the tripodometer reset stem while theAverage Fuel Economy display isshowing.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items(Uplevel DIC)

Press MENU until the Trip/Fuelmenu is displayed. Use w /x toscroll through the menu items. Not

all items are available on everyvehicle. The following is a list ofpossible menu items:

. Digital Speedometer

. Trip 1

. Trip 2

. Fuel Range

. Instantaneous Fuel Economy

. Average Fuel Economy

. Average Vehicle Speed

Digital Speedometer

The digital speedometer, availableon some vehicles, shows how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 and Trip 2

This display shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing SET/CLR while thetrip odometer display is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average ofthe vehicle's fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy

The instantaneous fuel economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change. Unlike averageeconomy, this display cannot bereset.

Average Fuel Economy

This display shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since the



last time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The fuel economy can bereset by pressing SET/CLR whilethe Average Fuel Economy displayis showing.

Average Vehicle Speed

This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressingSET/CLR while the Average VehicleSpeed display is showing.

Vehicle Information MenuItems (Uplevel DIC)

Press MENU on the turn signallever until Vehicle Information menuis displayed. Use w /x to scrollthrough the following possible menuitems:

. Display Units

. Tire Pressure

. Remaining Oil Life

Display Units

Move w /x to switch betweenmetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DIC toeither metric or English (US)measurements.

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehicle withthe approximate pressures of allfour tires. Tire pressure is displayedin either kilopascal (kPa) or poundsper square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 261 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.

Remaining Oil Life

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. This displayshows an estimate of the oil'sremaining useful life. If REMAINING

OIL LIFE 99 % is displayed, thatmeans 99% of the current oil liferemains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should changed as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 227. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 229.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages appear one after another.All messages should be takenseriously.

Base Level Cluster

On the base level cluster, vehiclemessages appear as code numbers.Some of these codes may appearwith the Service Vehicle Soon lightin the DIC display.

2 : No Remote Detected. PressClutch to Restart

3 : Coolant Level Low Add Coolant

4 : A/C Off Due to HighEngine Temp

5 : Steering Column Is Locked

6 : Step on Brake to Release ParkBrake

7 : Turn Steering Wheel, Turn KeyOff, Then On

9 : Turn Steering Wheel, StartVehicle Again

10 : Brakes Overheated

11 : Brakes Worn

12 : Vehicle Overloaded

13 : Compressor Overheated

15 : Check High MountedBrake Lamp

16 : Check Brake Lamps

17 : Headlamp Leveling Malfunction

18 : Left Low Beam Failure

19 : Check Rear Fog Lamp

20 : Check Right Low Beam Lamp

21 : Check Left Position Lamp

22 : Check Right Position Lamp

23 : Reversing Lamp Failure

24 : License Plate Lamp Failure

25 : Check Left Front TurnSignal Lamp

26 : Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure

27 : Check Right Front TurnSignal Lamp

28 : Check Right Rear TurnSignal Lamp

35 : Replace Battery In Remote Key

36 : Stabilitrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Initializing

49 : Lane Departure WarningUnavailable

52 : Change Timing Belt

53 : Tighten Gas Cap

56 : Pressure Imbalance Front

57 : Pressure Imbalance Rear

59 : Open, Then Close DriverWindow

60 : Open, Then Close PassengerWindow

61 : Open, Then Close Left RearWindow

62 : Open, Then Close Right RearWindow

65 : Theft Attempted

66 : Service Theft Alarm

67 : Service Steering Column Lock

68 : Service Power Steering, Drivewith Care



70 : Service Leveling System

75 : Service AC System

77 : Service Front Camera System

78 : Service Pedestrian Protection

79 : Engine Oil Low – Add Oil

81 : Service Transmission

82 : Change Engine Oil Soon

84 : Engine Power Is Reduced

88 : Use Transmitter Pocket to Start

89 : Service Vehicle Soon

91 : No Remote Detected

92 : No Remote Detected, PressBrake To Restart

93 : Press Button Again To TurnEngine Off

94 : Shift to Park

95 : Service Airbag

99 : Pedestrian Protection SystemDisabled

120 : Reduce Speed For HillDescent Control

136 : Service Park Assist

145 : Washer Fluid Low — AddFluid

151 : Press Clutch to Start

174 : Low Battery

258 : Park Assist Off

: % CHANGE

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When changing the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 229,Engine Oil 0 227, and MaintenanceSchedule 0 297.

LF XX, RF XX, LR XX,or RR XX

A message displays when the tirepressure is low. It shows thelocation of the low tire and theapproximate pressure of the low tire.

If a tire pressure message appears,stop as soon as you can. Inflate thetires by adding air until the tirepressure is equal to the values

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tires 0 253,Vehicle Load Limits 0 181, and TirePressure 0 260.

Uplevel Cluster

Messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR.

Messages that require immediateaction cannot be cleared until thataction is performed. Clearingmessages does not correct theproblem.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance maybe reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be driven



while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXXKM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System and Apps features andfunctions, see Settings 0 163.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.

The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Park Assist

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

Park Assist

This feature can assist in backingup and parking the vehicle. SeePark Assist 0 211.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

When on and an object is detectedbehind the vehicle, the warningsymbols appear on the infotainmentdisplay. See Park Assist 0 211.

Touch Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Touch Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some exteriorlamps and most interior lamps toturn on briefly when K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking until thedoor is closed. If this feature isturned on, the Delayed Door Lockmenu will not be available.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park)with an automatic transmission orwhen the vehicle is turned off with amanual transmission.

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback


134 Instruments and Controls. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.See Heated Front Seats 0 59 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 38.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andalert you after all the doors areclosed, and you walk away from thevehicle with RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.


Lighting 135

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 135Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 137Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Battery Load Management . . . 140Battery Power Protection . . . . . 141Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the outboardside of the steering column.

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.


136 Lighting

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See Fog Lamps 0 138.

When the lights are on,; will belit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 125.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer

3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you to turn the high beams on.

Push the lever again or pull thelever toward you to return to lowbeams.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou. Then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness when thefollowing conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel, and other lamps will notbe on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lamp controlto O and then release. For vehicles


Lighting 137

first sold in Canada, the DRL canonly be turned off when the vehicleis parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamp control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 135.

The vehicle has a light sensor ontop of the instrument panel. Makesure it is not covered, or theheadlamps will be on when they arenot needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press and momentarily holdthis button to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press andmomentarily hold again to turn theflashers off.


138 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The lever returns to its neutralposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out. Replace anyburned out bulbs. If a bulb is notburned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers0 248 or Bulb Replacement 0 245.

Turn Signal On Chime

If the turn signal is left on for morethan 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime willsound at each flash of the turnsignal. To turn the chime off, movethe turn signal lever to the neutralposition.

Fog Lamps

If equipped with front fog lamps, thebutton is on the outboard side of theinstrument panel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# : Press to turn the fog lamps onor off. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

If the high-beam headlamps areturned on, the fog lamps will turn off.If the high-beam headlamps areturned off, the fog lamps will turnback on again.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


Lighting 139

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen. Thethumbwheel is to the left of thesteering column on the instrumentpanel.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown and hold, to brighten or dimthe instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

For vehicles with front readinglamps, they are in the overheadconsole.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.


140 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on if the dome lamp control isin the Door position. They stay onfor about 20 seconds. When all ofthe doors have been closed or theignition is turned on, they graduallyfade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turnon when a door is opened after theignition is turned off. The domelamps also come on after theignition is turned off.See Ignition Positions (Key Access)0 185 or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 188.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly to

prevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, whenever


Lighting 141

needed. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


142 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 150Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 150

Audio PlayersAvoiding Untrusted Media

Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

OnStar SystemOnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

PhoneBluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 156Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a

Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

SettingsSettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

IntroductionRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainmentfeatures are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.


Infotainment System 143

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation, center stack controls,and infotainment displaycontrols.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlecontrol or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 176.

To play the infotainment system withthe ignition off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.

Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.

Overview

Customer Assistance

Assistance is available to help withBluetooth pairing, other mobiledevice interface, and operationsupport of the infotainment system.See Customer Assistance Offices0 315.



Infotainment SystemThe infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, thecontrols on the center stack, and the steering wheel controls.

1. {. Press to go to the Home

Page. See “Home Page”following.

2. g. Radio: Press and release to

go to the previous station orchannel. Press and hold tofast seek the previousstrongest station.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the previouscontent. Press and hold tofast rewind.

3. O

. When off, press O to turnthe system on. Press andhold to turn off.

. When on, press O to mutethe system and display astatus pane. Press O againto unmute the system.

. Turn to decrease orincrease the volume.



4. d. Radio: Press and release to

go to the next strongeststation or channel. Pressand hold to fast seek thenext strongest station.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the next content.Press and hold to fastforward.

5. 5. Press and release to

access the phone screen,answer an incoming call,or access the device homescreen.

Home Page

The Home Page is whereapplication icons are accessed.Some features are disabled whenthe vehicle is moving.

Slide a finger left/right across thescreen to access the pages oficons.

Managing Home Page Icons

1. Touch and hold any of theHome Page icons to editthat icon.

2. Drag the icon to a new locationon the Home Page.

Using the System

Infotainment Display Icons

Infotainment display icons showwhen available. When a function isunavailable, the icon may gray out.When a function is selected, theicon may highlight.

Audio

Touch the Audio icon to display theactive audio source page. Examplesof available sources are AM, FM,SXM, MyMedia, USB, AUX, andBluetooth.

Phone

Touch the Phone icon to display thePhone main page.See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 156 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone) 0 157.

Settings

Touch the Settings icon to displaythe Settings menu. See Settings0 163.

Apple CarPlay

Touch the Apple CarPlay icon toactivate Apple CarPlay (if equipped)after a supported device isconnected. See Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto 0 162.

Android Auto

Touch the Android Auto icon toactivate Android Auto (if equipped)after a supported device isconnected. See Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto 0 162.

OnStar Services

If equipped, touch the OnStar iconto display the OnStar Services andAccount pages. See OnStarOverview 0 327.



Camera

If equipped, touch the Camera iconto access the camera application.See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)0 209.

Shortcut Tray

The shortcut tray is at the bottom ofthe display. It shows up to fourapplications.

Infotainment Gestures

Use the following finger gestures tocontrol the infotainment system.

Touch/Tap

Touch/Tap is used to select an iconor option, or activate an application.

Touch and Hold

Touch and hold can be used to startanother gesture, or to move ordelete an application.

Drag

Drag is used to move applicationson the Home Page. To drag theitem, it must be held and moved

along the screen to the newlocation. This can be done up,down, right, or left.

Nudge

Nudge is used to move items ashort distance on a list. To nudge,hold and move the selected item upor down to a new location.

Fling or Swipe



Fling or swipe is used to scrollthrough a list, or change pageviews. Do this by placing a finger onthe screen then moving it rapidly upand down or right and left.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

For vehicles with high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays, use amicrofiber cloth to wipe surfaces.Before wiping the surface with themicrofiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that couldscratch the surface. Then use themicrofiber cloth by gently rubbing toclean. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately,using mild soap. Do not use bleachor fabric softener. Rinse thoroughlyand air dry before next use.

Radio

AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio

From the Home Page, touch theAudio icon to display the activeaudio source page. Choose from alist of the three most recently usedsources listed at the left side of thescreen. Choose More to display alist of available resources.Examples of available sources areAM, FM, SXM, MyMedia, USB,AUX, and Bluetooth.

Infotainment SystemSound Menu

From any of the audio source mainpages, touch Sound to display thefollowing:

Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass,Midrange, and Treble using thecontrols on the infotainment display.

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjustusing the controls on theinfotainment display or by tapping/dragging the crosshair.

Finding a Station

Seeking a Station

From the AM, FM, or SXM screen,touch © or ¨ to search for theprevious or next strong station.

Browsing Stations

From the AM, FM, or SXM screen,touch Browse to list all availablestations. Navigate up and downthrough all stations by scrolling thelist. Touch the station you want tolisten to. TouchH to save thestation or channel as a favorite.



If equipped, touch Update StationList to update the active stations inyour area.

Direct Tune

Access Direct Tune by touching theTune icon on the AM, FM, or SXMscreen to bring up the keypad.Navigate up and down through allfrequencies using7 or6. Directlyenter a station or channel using thekeypad. When a new station orchannel is entered, the informationabout that station or channeldisplays on the right side. Thisinformation will update with eachnew valid frequency tuned to.

The keypad will gray out entries thatdo not contribute to a validfrequency and will automaticallyplace a decimal point within thefrequency number.

Touch (X) to delete one character ata time. Touch and hold (X) to deleteall numbers.

A valid AM or FM station willautomatically tune to the newfrequency but will not close thedirect tune display. When listeningto SXM, touch Go after entering thechannel. Touch S or z to exit out ofDirect Tune.

The tune arrows on the right side ofthe Direct Tune display tune throughthe complete station list one stationstep at a time per touch. A touchand hold advances through stationsquickly.

FM and SXM Categories

From the FM or SXM display, touchCategories at the top of the Browsemenu to access the categories list.The list contains names associatedwith the FM stations or SXMchannels. Touch a category name todisplay a list of stations or channelsfor that category. Selecting a stationfrom the list tunes the radio to thatchannel.

Storing Radio StationFavorites

Favorites are displayed in the areaat the top of the display.

AM, FM, and SXM RadioStations : Touch and hold a presetto store the current station or



channel as a favorite. Touch asaved favorite to recall a favoritestation or channel.

Favorites can also be stored bytouchingH in a station or channellist. This will highlight indicating thatit is now stored as a favorite.

The number of favorites displayed isautomatically adjusted by default,but can be manually adjusted inSettings in the System tab underFavorites and then Set Number ofAudio Favorites. It can also beadjusted in Settings in the Apps tabunder Audio and then Set Numberof Audio Favorites.

Satellite RadioIf equipped, vehicles with a validSiriusXM satellite radio subscriptioncan receive SXM programming.

SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.In the U.S. see www.siriusxm.com

or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canadasee www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677.

When SXM is active, the channelname, number, song title, and artistdisplay on the screen.

Radio ReceptionUnplug electronic devices from theaccessory power outlets if there isinterference or static in the radio.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings orhills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interfere witheach other. Static can also occurwhen things like storms and power

lines interfere with radio reception.When this happens, try reducing thetreble on the radio.

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

If equipped, SiriusXM SatelliteRadio Service provides digital radioreception. Tall buildings or hills caninterfere with satellite radio signals,causing the sound to fade in andout. In addition, traveling or standingunder heavy foliage, bridges,garages, or tunnels may cause lossof the SiriusXM signal for a periodof time.

Cell Phone Usage

Cell phone usage, such as makingor receiving phone calls, charging,or just having the phone on maycause static interference in theradio. Unplug the phone or turn it offif this happens.



Backglass AntennaThe AM-FM antenna is integratedwith the rear window defogger in therear window. Do not scratch theinside surface or damage the linesin the glass. If the inside surface isdamaged, it could interfere withradio reception. For proper radioreception, the antenna connectorneeds to be properly attached to thepost on the glass.

If attaching a cell phone antenna tothe glass, attach it between the gridlines.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow antenna and/or the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Caution

Do not apply aftermarket glasstinting with metallic film. Themetallic film in some tintingmaterials will interfere with ordistort the incoming radioreception. Any damage caused tothe backglass antenna due tometallic tinting materials will notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Multi-Band AntennaThe roof antenna is for OnStar,SiriusXM Satellite Radio (U.S. andCanada only), and GPS (GlobalPositioning System). Keep clear ofobstructions for clear reception.If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it isopen, reception can also beaffected.

Audio Players

Avoiding Untrusted MediaDevicesWhen using media devices such asCDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SDcards, USB devices, and mobiledevices, consider the source.Untrusted media devices couldcontain files that affect systemoperation or performance. Avoid useif the content or origin cannot betrusted.

USB PortAudio stored on a USB device maybe listened to.

This vehicle has two USB ports inthe center stack. These ports are fordata and charging.

Playing from a USB

A USB mass storage device can beconnected to the USB port.

Audio extensions supported bythe USB:


Infotainment System 151. MP3

. MP4

. M4A

. AAC

. OGG

. WAV

My Media Library

My Media is only available whenmore than one indexed device isconnected. It allows access tocontent from all indexed mediasources. My Media will show as anavailable source in theSource page.

USB MP3 Player and USB Drives

The USB MP3 players and USBdrives connected must comply withthe USB Mass Storage Classspecification (USB MSC).

To play a USB device:

1. Connect the USB.

2. Touch Audio from theHome Page.

3. Touch More and select theUSB device.

Use the following when playing anactive USB source:

p : Touch to play the current mediasource.

j : Touch to pause playback of thecurrent media source.

7 :

. Touch to seek to the beginningof the current or previous track.

. Touch and hold to reversequickly through playback.Release to return to playingspeed. Elapsed time displays.

6 :

. Touch to seek to the next track.

. Touch and hold to advancequickly through playback.Release to return to playingspeed. Elapsed time displays.

Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon toplay music in random order.

USB Sound Menu

See “Infotainment System SoundMenu” under AM-FM Radio 0 147.

USB Browse Menu

When a list of songs, albums,artists, or other types of mediadisplays, the up and down arrowsand A-Z appear on the left side.Select A-Z to view a screen that willshow all letters of the alphabet andselect the letter to go to.

Touch the up and down arrows tomove the list up and down.

Touch Browse and the followingmay display:

Playlists:

1. Touch to view the playlistsstored on the USB.

2. Select a playlist to view the listof all songs in that playlist.

3. Select a song from the list tobegin playback.

Supported Playlist extensions are:m3u and pls.



Artists:

1. Touch to view the list of artistsstored on the USB.

2. Select an artist name to view alist of all albums by the artist.

3. To select a song, touch AllSongs or touch an album andthen select a song from the list.

Songs:

1. Touch to display a list of allsongs on the USB.

2. To begin playback, select asong from the list.

Albums:

1. Touch to view the albums onthe USB.

2. Select the album to view a listof all songs on the album.


Genres:

1. Touch to view the genres onthe USB.

2. Select a genre to view a list ofartists.

3. Select an artist to view albumsby that artist.

4. Select an album to view songson the album.

5. Select a song to start playback.

iTunes Radio: Touch to view iTunesRadio on the iPhone to get a list ofstations.

Compilations: Touch to view theCompilations on the USB.

Composers:

1. Touch to view the composerson the USB.

2. Select a Composer to view alist of albums by thatcomposer.

3. Select an album or all songs toview a list of songs.


Folders:

1. Touch to view the directorieson the USB.

2. Select a folder to view a list ofall files.

3. Select a file from the list tobegin playback.

Podcasts: Touch to view thepodcasts on the USB and get a listof podcast episodes.

Audiobooks:

1. Touch to view the audiobooksstored on the device.

2. Select an audiobook to get alist of chapters.

3. Select the chapter from the listto begin playback.

File System and Naming

File systems supported by the USB:

. FAT32

. HFS+

The songs, artists, albums, andgenres are taken from the file’ssong information and are onlydisplayed if present. The radiodisplays the file name as the trackname if the song information is notavailable.



Supported Apple Devices

To view supported devices, seemy.chevrolet.com/learn.

Storing and Recalling MediaFavorites

To store media favorites, touchBrowse to display a list of mediatypes.

Select from one of the followingBrowse options to save a favorite:

Playlists : TouchH next to anyplaylist to store the playlist as afavorite. Touch a saved favorite torecall a favorite playlist. The firstsong in the playlist begins to play.

Artists : TouchH next to any artistto store the artist as a favorite.Touch a saved favorite to recall afavorite artist. The first song in theartist list begins to play.

Songs : TouchH next to any songto store the song as a favorite.Touch a saved favorite to recall afavorite song.

Albums : TouchH next to anyalbum to store the album as afavorite. Touch a saved favorite torecall a favorite album. The firstsong in the album list begins to play.

Genres : TouchH next to anygenre to store the genre as afavorite. Touch a saved favorite torecall a favorite genre. The firstsong of the genre begins to play.

Podcasts : TouchH next to anypodcast to store the podcast as afavorite. Touch a saved favorite torecall a favorite podcast. Thepodcast begins to play.

Audiobooks : TouchH next toany audiobook to store theaudiobook as a favorite. Touch asaved favorite to recall a favoriteaudiobook. The first chapter in theaudiobook begins to play.

Media Playback and Mute

USB playback will be paused if thesystem is muted. If the steeringwheel mute control is pressedagain, playback will resume.

If the source is changed while inmute, playback resumes and audiowill unmute.

Auxiliary JackThis vehicle has an auxiliary inputjack in the center stack. Possibleauxiliary audio sources include:

. Laptop computer

. Audio music player

This jack is not an audio output. Donot plug headphones into theauxiliary input jack. Set up anauxiliary device while the vehicle isparked.

Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cablefrom the auxiliary device to theauxiliary input jack. When a deviceis connected, the system can playaudio from the device over thevehicle speakers.

If an auxiliary device has alreadybeen connected, but a differentsource is currently active, touchMore and select AUX to make thesource active.



Shuffle and Browse are notavailable in the AUX source menu.

Bluetooth AudioMusic may be played from a pairedBluetooth device.See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 156 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone) 0 157.

Volume and song selection may becontrolled by using the infotainmentcontrols or the phone/device.If Bluetooth is selected and novolume is present, check thevolume setting on both your phone/device and the infotainment system.

Music can be launched by touchingBluetooth from the recent sourceslist on the left of the screen or bytouching More and then selectingthe Bluetooth device.

To play music via Bluetooth:

1. Power on the device, and pairto connect the device.

2. Once paired, touch Audio fromthe Home Page, then touchBluetooth from the recentsources list on the left of thedisplay.

Bluetooth Sound Menu

See “Infotainment System SoundMenu” under AM-FM Radio 0 147.

Manage Bluetooth Devices

From the Home Page:

1. Touch Audio.

2. Touch More.

3. Touch Bluetooth.

4. Touch Devices to add or deletedevices.

When selecting Bluetooth, the radiomay not be able to launch the audioplayer on the connected device tostart playing. When the vehicle isnot moving, use the phone to beginplayback.

All devices launch audio differently.When selecting Bluetooth as asource, the radio may show aspaused on the screen. Press playon the device or touch p on thedisplay to begin playback.

Browse functionality will be providedwhere supported by the Bluetoothdevice. This media content will notbe part of the MyMediasource mode.

Some phones support sendingBluetooth music information todisplay on the radio. When the radioreceives this information, it willcheck to see if any is available anddisplay it. For more informationabout supported Bluetooth features,see my.chevrolet.com/learn.



OnStar System4G LTE

If equipped with 4G LTE, up toseven devices, such assmartphones, tablets, and laptops,can be connected to high-speedInternet through the vehicle’s built-inWi-Fi hotspot.

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to connect to anOnStar Advisor for assistance. Seewww.onstar.com for vehicleavailability, details, and systemlimitations. Service and connectivitymay vary by make, model, year,carrier, availability, and conditions.4G LTE service is available in selectmarkets. 4G LTE performance isbased on industry averages andvehicle systems design. Someservices require a data plan.

The OnStar App

If equipped, the infotainment systemhas OnStar controls in theembedded OnStar app on the HomePage. All OnStar functions that canbe performed with the buttons can

be done using the app. To open theapp, select the OnStar icon on theHome Page. Features vary byregion and model. Features aresubject to change. For moreinformation on this feature, seemy.chevrolet.com/learn.

Services

The Services tab displays thedefault view for the app. Use thispage to launch the available OnStarservices. Select a service to openits display. Touch Hands-FreeCalling (HFC) to launch the phoneapp. Touch Wi-Fi to launch theconnections manager.

Account

The Account tab displays asnapshot of the account linked withthe vehicle. If there is no suchaccount, this tab will show all valuesas ——. The # will be active even ifthere is no active account.

Advisor Call

Selecting Advisor Call is the sameas pressingQ or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). The Xoption in the upper right corner ofthe screen does not end the call, butreturns to the previous display.

Turn-by-Turn Directions

With a connected plan, an OnStarAdvisor can download a destinationto the vehicle or its embeddednavigation system, if equipped.Touch Turn-by-Turn Directions fromthe main page of the OnStar appand follow the display prompts.A destination transfer from OnStarwill show the detail view of thedestination when it is transferredfrom OnStar to the Navigationapplication. Touch OK to go back tothe previous menu. An ABS andGuidance or Navigation Add-OnPlan is required. Seewww.onstar.com for a coveragemap. Services vary by model. Mapcoverage is available in the UnitedStates, Puerto Rico, and Canada.



Wi-Fi Hotspot

Touch to display the Settings page,which shows the configurations forthe vehicle hotspot and allows themto be changed.

For more information, seewww.onstar.com.

Phone

Bluetooth (Overview)The Bluetooth-capable system caninteract with many cell phones,allowing:

. Placement and receipt of calls ina hands-free mode.

. Sharing of the cell phone’saddress book or contact list withthe vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction,before driving, and with the vehicleparked:

. Become familiar with thefeatures of the cell phone.Organize the phone book andcontact lists clearly and deleteduplicate or rarely used entries.If possible, program speed dialor other shortcuts.

. Review the controls andoperation of the infotainmentsystem.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.The system may not work withall cell phones. See “Pairing”later in this section.

Vehicles with a Bluetooth systemcan use a Bluetooth-capable cellphone with a Hands-Free Profile tomake and receive phone calls. Theinfotainment system and voicerecognition are used to control thesystem. The system can be usedwhen the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of theBluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m(30 ft). Not all phones support allfunctions and not all phones workwith the Bluetooth system. Seemy.chevrolet.com for moreinformation about compatiblephones.

Controls

Use the controls on the center stackand the steering wheel to operatethe Bluetooth system.




b / g : Press to answer incomingcalls. Hold to start voice recognitionon your connected Bluetooth phone,for example Siri and Google.

$ / i : Press to end a call,decline a call, or cancel anoperation. Press to mute or unmutethe infotainment system when noton a call.

Infotainment System Controls

For information about how tonavigate the menu system using theinfotainment controls, seeIntroduction 0 142.

Phone

Touch the Phone icon on the HomePage to enter the phonemain menu.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth phonesystem, sound comes through thevehicle's front audio systemspeakers and overrides the audiosystem. The volume level while on aphone call can be adjusted by

pressing the steering wheel controlsor by touching the volume control onthe center stack. The adjustedvolume level remains in memory forlater calls. The volume cannot belowered beyond a certain level.

Bluetooth (Pairing andUsing a Phone)

Pairing

A Bluetooth-enabled cell phonemust be paired to the Bluetoothsystem and then connected to thevehicle before it can be used. Seethe cell phone manufacturer's userguide for Bluetooth functions beforepairing the cell phone.

Pairing Information

. If no mobile device has beenconnected, the Phone mainpage on the infotainment displaywill show the Connect Phoneoption. Touch this option toconnect. Another way to connectis to touch the Phones tab at thetop right of the display and thentouch Add Phone.

. A Bluetooth phone with musiccapability can be paired to thevehicle as a phone and a musicplayer at the same time.

. Up to 10 devices can be pairedto the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabledwhen the vehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to becompleted once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

. If multiple paired cell phones arewithin range of the system, thesystem connects to the pairedcell phone that is set to First toConnect. If there is no phone setto First to Connect, it will link tothe device which was used last.To link to a different pairedphone, see “Linking to aDifferent Phone” later in thissection.



Pairing a Phone

1. Make sure Bluetooth has beenenabled on the cell phonebefore pairing is started.

2. Touch the Phone icon on theHome Page or the phoneshortcut on the applicationstray at the bottom of thedisplay.

3. Touch Phone at the top of theinfotainment display. There isalso an Add option in themiddle of the Phone screen.Touching this Add Phoneoption will shortcut to thePhone List menu.

4. Touch Add Phone.

5. Select the vehicle name shownon the infotainment displayfrom your phone’s BluetoothSettings list.

6. Follow the instructions on thecell phone to confirm thesix-digit code shown on theinfotainment display and touchPair. The code on the cell

phone and infotainment displaywill need to be acknowledgedfor a successful pair.

7. Start the pairing process on thecell phone to be paired to thevehicle. See the cell phonemanufacturer's user guide forinformation on this process.Once the cell phone is paired,it will show under Connected.

8. If the vehicle does not appearon your phone, there are a fewways to start the pairingprocess over.

. Turn the phone off and thenback on.

. Go back to the beginning ofthe Phone menus on theinfotainment display andrestart the pairing process.

. Reset the phone, but thisstep should be done as alast-effort.

9. If the phone prompts to acceptconnection or allow phonebook download, select Always

Accept and Allow. The phonebook may not be available ifnot accepted.

10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pairadditional phones.

First to Connect Paired Phones

If multiple paired cell phones arewithin the range of the system, thesystem connects to the paired cellphone that is set as First toConnect. To enable a paired phoneas the First to Connect phone:

1. Make sure the cell phone isturned on.

2. Touch Settings, then touchSystem.

3. Touch Phones to access allpaired and all connected cellphones and mobile devices.

4. Touch the information icon tothe right of the cell phone toopen the cell phone’ssettings menu.

5. Touch the First to Connectoption, to enable the setting forthat device.



Cell phones and mobile devices canbe added, removed, connected, anddisconnected. A sub-menu willdisplay whenever a request is madeto add or manage cell phones andmobile devices.

Secondary Phone

A phone can be enabled as aSecondary Phone by touching theinformation icon to the right of thepaired phone name to open thephone’s settings menu. If a phone isenabled as a Secondary Phone, itcan connect simultaneouslyalongside another Bluetooth device.In doing so, the Secondary Phonewill be labeled as Incoming Calls.This means the device can onlyreceive calls. The Address Book ofa Secondary Phone will not beavailable and hands-free outgoingcalls cannot be placed using thisphone.

If needed, touch the SecondaryPhone while in the Devices list, toswap it into the Outgoing andIncoming role, making it possible toplace outgoing calls from theContacts and Recents list. This

action of swapping roles willdisconnect what was labeled asonly receiving calls until anotherSecondary Phone is enabled.

Listing All Paired and ConnectedPhones


2. Select Phones.

Disconnecting a Connected Phone

1. Touch the Phone icon on theHome Page.

2. Select Phones.

3. Touch the information icon nextto the connected cell phone ormobile device to show the cellphone’s or mobile device’sinformation display.

4. Touch Disconnect.

Deleting a Paired Phone


2. Select Phones.

3. Touch the information icon nextto the connected cell phone todisplay the cell phone’s ormobile device’s informationdisplay.

4. Touch Forget Device.

Linking to a Different Phone

To link to a different phone, the newphone must be in the vehicle andpaired to the Bluetooth system.


2. Select Phones.

3. Select the new phone to link tofrom the not connectedphone list.



Switching to Handset orHandsfree Mode

To switch between handset orhandsfree mode:

. While the active call ishands-free, touch the Handsetoption to switch to thehandset mode.

The mute icon will not beavailable nor functional whileHandset mode is active.

. While the active call is on thehandset, touch the Handsetoption to switch to thehands-free mode.

Making a Call Using Contactsand Recent Calls

Calls can be made through theBluetooth system using personalcell phone contact information for allphones that support the PhoneBook feature. Become familiar withthe phone settings and operation.Verify the cell phone supports thisfeature.

The Contacts menu accesses thephone book stored in the cell phone.

The Recents menu accesses therecent call list(s) from your cellphone.

To make a call using theContacts menu:


2. Touch Contacts.

3. The Contacts list can besearched by using the firstcharacter. Touch A-Z on theinfotainment display to scrollthrough the list of names.

Select the name to call.

4. Select the desired contactnumber to call.

To make a call using the RecentCalls menu:


2. Touch Recents.

3. Select the name or numberto call.

Making a Call Using theKeypad

To make a call by dialing thenumbers:


2. Touch Keypad and enter aphone number.

3. Touch # on the infotainmentdisplay to start dialing thenumber.

Searching Contacts Using theKeypad

To search for contacts using thekeypad:


2. Touch Keypad and enter partialphone numbers or contactnames using the digits on thekeypad to search.

Results will show on the rightside of the display. Select oneto place a call.



Accepting or Declining a Call

When an incoming call is received,the infotainment system mutes anda ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call

There are two ways to accept a call:

. Press b / g on the steeringwheel controls.

. Touch Answer on theinfotainment display.

Declining a Call

There are two ways to declinea call:

. Press $ / i on the steeringwheel controls.

. Touch Ignore on the infotainmentdisplay.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported onthe Bluetooth phone and enabled bythe wireless service carrier to work.

Accepting a Call

There are two ways to accept acall-waiting call:

. Press b / g on the steeringwheel controls.

. Touch Switch on theinfotainment display.

Declining a Call

There are two ways to decline acall-waiting call:


. Touch Ignore on the infotainmentdisplay.

Switching Between Calls (CallWaiting Calls Only)

To switch between calls, press thePhone icon on the Home Page todisplay Call View. While in CallView, touch the call information ofthe call on hold to change calls.

Three-Way Calling

Three-way calling must besupported on the Bluetooth phoneand enabled by the wireless servicecarrier to work.

To start a three-way call while in acurrent call:

1. In the Call View, touch Add Callto add another call.

2. Initiate the second call byselecting from Recents,Contacts, or Keypad.

3. When the second call is active,touch the merge icon toconference the three-way calltogether.

Ending a Call


. Touch # on the infotainmentdisplay, next to a call to end onlythat call.



Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) Tones

The in-vehicle Bluetooth system cansend numbers during a call. This isused when calling a menu-drivenphone system. Use the Keypad toenter the number.

Apple CarPlay andAndroid AutoIf equipped, Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay capability may beavailable through a compatiblesmartphone. If available, theAndroid Auto and Apple CarPlayicons will appear on the Home Pageof the infotainment display.

To use Android Auto and/or AppleCarPlay:

1. Download the Android Autoapp to your smartphone fromthe Google Play store. There isno app required for AppleCarPlay.

2. Connect your Androidsmartphone or Apple iPhoneby using the compatible phone

USB cable and plugging into aUSB data port. For bestperformance, use the device’sfactory-provided USB cable.Aftermarket or third-partycables may not work.

3. When the phone is firstconnected to activate AppleCarPlay or Android Auto, themessage “Device ProjectionPrivacy Consent” will appear.

. Touch Continue to launchApple CarPlay orAndroid Auto.

. Touch Disable to removeApple CarPlay and AndroidAuto capability from thevehicle Settings menu.Other functions maystill work.

The Android Auto and AppleCarPlay icons on the Home Pagewill illuminate depending on thesmartphone. Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay may automaticallylaunch upon USB connection. If not,

touch the Android Auto or AppleCarPlay icon on the Home Page tolaunch.

Press { on the center stack toreturn to the Home Page.

For further information on how to setup Android Auto and Apple CarPlayin the vehicle, see my.chevrolet.comor see Customer Assistance Offices0 315.

Android Auto is provided by Googleand is subject to Google’s termsand privacy policy. Apple CarPlay isprovided by Apple and is subject toApple’s terms and privacy policy.Data plan rates apply. For AndroidAuto support see https://support.google.com/androidauto.For Apple CarPlay support seewww.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Appleor Google may change or suspendavailability at any time. AndroidAuto, Android, Google, Google Play,and other marks are trademarks ofGoogle Inc.; Apple CarPlay is atrademark of Apple Inc.



Press { on the center stack to exitAndroid Auto or Apple CarPlay. Toenter back into Android Auto orApple CarPlay, press and hold {onthe center stack.

Apple CarPlay and Android Autocan be disabled from theInfotainment system. To do this,touch Home, Settings, and thentouch the Apps tab along the top ofthe display. Use the On/Off toggledto turn off Apple CarPlay orAndroid Auto.

SettingsThe Settings menu may beorganized into three categories.Select the desired category bytouching System, Apps, or Vehicle.

To access the menus:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch the desired category todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn off or on afeature.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.


System


Time / Date

Use the following features to set theclock:

. Automatic Time and Date: Touchon to have the time and dateautomatically set. When thisfeature is off, the time and datecan be manually set.

. Set Time: Touch to manually setthe time using the controls onthe infotainment display.

. Set Date: Touch to manually setthe date using the controls onthe infotainment display.

. Use 24-hour Format: Touch tospecify the clock format shown.

Touch Off or On.

Language

This will set the display languageused on the infotainment display.Touch Language and select theappropriate language.



Phones

Touch to connect to a different cellphone or mobile device source,disconnect a cell phone or mediadevice, or delete a cell phone ormedia device.

Wi-Fi Networks

This will show connected andavailable Wi-Fi networks.

If a 4G LTE data package is notactive on the vehicle, theinfotainment system can beconnected to an external protectedWi-Fi network, such as a mobiledevice or home hotspot, to utilizeconnected services.

Wi-Fi Hotspot


. Wi-Fi Services: This allowsdevices to use the vehiclehotspot.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to disable orenable.

. Wi-Fi Name: Touch to changethe vehicle Wi-Fi name.

. Wi-Fi Password: Touch tochange the vehicle Wi-Fipassword.

. Connected Devices: Touch toshow connected devices.

. Share Hotspot Data: TouchEnable to allow devices to usethe vehicle hotspot and its dataor Touch Disable to allowdevices to only use the vehiclehotspot.

Display

Touch and Turn Display Offdisplays.

Touch to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the display area or anyinfotainment control on the centerstack again to turn the display on.

Sounds


. Maximum Startup Volume: Thisfeature adjusts the maximumvolume of the infotainment

system when you start thevehicle. Use the controls on theinfotainment display to set thedesired startup volume.

. Audible Touch Feedback: Thissetting determines if sounds playwhen you touch the infotainmentdisplay or press anyinfotainment control on thecenter stack. This feature can beturned off or on.

Favorites


. Manage Favorites: Touch todisplay a list of Audio or MobileDevices favorites.

Favorites can be moved,renamed, or deleted.

To move, touch and hold on thefavorite, and then drag up ordown to rearrange the position.

. Set Number of Audio Favorites:Touch to select how manyfavorites pages can be viewedfrom the audio application.Select Auto for the system to



automatically adjust this numberbased on the number of favoritesyou have saved. Touch Auto, 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.

Updates

If equipped, the infotainment systemcan download and install selectsoftware updates over a wirelessconnection. The system will promptfor certain updates to bedownloaded and installed. There isalso an option to check for updatesmanually.

To manually check for updates,touch Settings on the Home Page,followed by Software Information,and then System Update. Follow theon-screen prompts. The steps tocheck for, download and installupdates may vary by vehicle.

Downloading Over-the-Air vehiclesoftware updates requires internetconnectivity, which can be accessedthrough the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTEconnection, if equipped and active.If required, data plans are providedby a third party. Optionally, a secureWi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible

mobile device hotspot, homehotspot or public hotspot can beused. Applicable data rates mayapply.

To connect the infotainment systemto a secured mobile device hotspot,home hotspot, or a public hotspot,touch Settings on the Home Page,select the System tab, followed byWi-Fi Networks. Select theappropriate Wi-Fi network, andfollow the on-screen prompts.Download speeds may vary.

On most compatible mobile devices,activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is inthe Settings menu under MobileNetwork Sharing, Personal Hotspot,Mobile Hotspot or similar.

Availability of Over-the-Air softwareupdates varies by vehicle andcountry. For more information onthis feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.

Preferences

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to disable orenable the download of newupdates in the background.

About

Touch to view the infotainmentsystem software information.

Return to Factory Settings


. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resetsall vehicle settings for thecurrent user.

Touch Cancel or Reset.

. Erase Settings and PersonalData: Erases app data settings,user profiles, and personal dataincluding mobile device data.

Touch Cancel or Erase.

Apps


Android Auto

This feature allows you to interactdirectly with your phone on theinfotainment display. See AppleCarPlay and Android Auto 0 162.

Touch Off or On.



Apple CarPlay

This feature allows you to interactdirectly with your phone on theinfotainment display. See AppleCarPlay and Android Auto 0 162.

Touch Off or On.

Audio

Depending on the current audiosource, different options will beavailable.


. Tone Settings: Touch to adjustEqualizer, Fade/Balance,or Sound Mode. See“Infotainment System SoundMenu” in AM-FM Radio 0 147.

. Auto Volume: This featureadjusts the volume based on thevehicle speed.

Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

. Manage Favorites: Touch todisplay a list of Audio or MobileDevices favorites.

Favorites can be moved,renamed, or deleted.

To move, touch and hold on thefavorite, and then drag up ordown to rearrange the position.

. Set Number of Audio Favorites:Touch to select how manyfavorites pages can be viewedfrom the audio application. Theauto setting will automaticallyadjust this number based on thenumber of favorites you havesaved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15,20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.

. RDS: This allows RDS to beturned off or on.

Touch Off or On

. Explicit Content Filter: Thisallows Explicit Content Filter tobe turned off or on.

Touch Off or On

. Manage Phones: Select toconnect to a different phonesource, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

. Reset Music Index: This allowsthe music index to be reset ifyou are having difficultyaccessing all of the mediacontent on your device.

Touch YES or NO.

Phone


. My Number: Displays the cellphone number of the Bluetoothconnected device.

. Active Call View: Shows activecall display when answeringa call.

Touch Off or On.

. Privacy: Only show call alerts incluster.

Touch Off or On.

. Sort Contacts: Touch to sort byfirst or last name.

. Re-sync Device Contacts:



This allows the device contactsto re-sync if you are havingdifficulty accessing all of thecontacts on your cell phone.

. Delete All Vehicle Contacts:Touch to delete all vehicle storedcontacts.

. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: Thisenables OnStar cell phoneTTY mode.

Touch Disable or Enable.

Vehicle

This menu allows adjustment ofdifferent vehicle features. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 132.

Trademarks andLicense AgreementsFCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 323.

Bluetooth

The Bluetooth word mark and logosare owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks byGeneral Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

"Made for iPod," and "Made foriPhone," mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed toconnect specifically to iPod oriPhone, respectively, and has beencertified by the developer to meetApple performance standards.

Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or itscompliance with safety andregulatory standards. Please notethat the use of this accessory withiPod or iPhone may affect wirelessperformance. iPhone, iPod, iPodclassic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, andiPod touch are trademarks of AppleInc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,taxes, one time activation fee, andother fees may apply. Subscriptionfee is consumer only. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available atwww.siriusxm.com orwww.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada.



In Canada: Some deterioration ofservice may occur in extremenorthern latitudes. This is beyondthe control of SiriusXM SatelliteRadio.

Explicit Language Notice: Channelswith frequent explicit language areindicated with an “XL” preceding thechannel name. Channel blocking isavailable for SiriusXM SatelliteRadio receivers by notifyingSiriusXM:

. USA Customers — Seewww.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601–6296.

. Canada Customers — Seewww.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer,hack, manipulate, or otherwisemake available any technology orsoftware incorporated in receiverscompatible with the SiriusXMSatellite Radio System or thatsupport the SiriusXM website, theOnline Service or any of its content.Furthermore, the AMBER voice

compression software included inthis product is protected byintellectual property rights includingpatent rights, copyrights, and tradesecrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement fromSiriusXM is required for anyproduct that incorporatesSiriusXM Technology and/or foruse of any of the SiriusXMmarks to be manufactured,distributed, or marketed in theSiriusXM Service Area.

2. For products to be distributed,marketed, and/or sold inCanada, a separate agreementis required with CanadianSatellite Radio Inc. (operatingas SiriusXM Canada).


Climate Controls 169

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 169

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Climate ControlSystemsThese climate control systemscontrol the heating, cooling, andventilation for the vehicle.

Climate Control System withHeater and Air Conditioning


2. Fan Control


4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

5. Recirculation


7. Air Conditioning

Climate Control System withHeater Only


2. Fan Control



Temperature Control : Turnclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease thetemperature.


170 Climate Controls

A : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Turning thefan control to 0 turns the fan off. Thefan must be turned on to run the airconditioning compressor.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Turnclockwise or counterclockwise tochange the current airflow mode.

Select from the following air deliverymodes:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some air directed to therear outlets.

W : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe floor, windshield, and sidewindow outlets.

1 : This mode clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window outlets.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

In defrost or defog mode, excessiveair conditioning use can cause thewindows to fog. If this happens,change the air delivery mode toYand reduce the fan speed.

# : If equipped with airconditioning, follow these steps touse the system. TurnA to thedesired speed. The air conditioningdoes not operate when the fancontrol knob is in the off position.Press# to turn the air conditioning

on and off. When# is pressed, anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is on.

For quick cool down on hot days:

1. Open the windows to let hot airescape.

2. PressM.

3. Press#.

4. Select the coolest temperature.

5. Select the highestA speed.

Using these settings together forlong periods of time may cause theair inside the vehicle to become toodry. To prevent this from happening,after the air in the vehicle hascooled, turn the recirculationmode off.

M : This mode recirculates andhelps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle. It can be used to reducethe entry of outside air and odors.

PressM to turn the recirculationmode on. An indicator light comeson to show that the recirculation ison. PressM again to return tooutside air mode.

Using the recirculation mode forextended periods may cause thewindows to fog. If this happens,select the defrost mode.

Max# is available when the airconditioning is selected and thetemperature is set to the coolestsetting while the outside airtemperature is warm. When Max#is activated, the air inside thevehicle is automatically recirculated,



which helps to quickly cool thevehicle. The recirculation indicatorwill not be lit.

To allow outside air to enter in theseconditions, press the recirculationbutton twice. The recirculationindicator will not be lit.

M or L : If equipped, press to heatthe driver or passenger seat. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 59.

Rear Window and OutsideMirror Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowand outside mirror defogger on oroff. An indicator light comes on toshow that the feature is on.

The rear window defogger can beturned off by pressing1 again orby turning the ignition off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, they turn on with the rearwindow defogger and help to clearfog or frost from the surface of themirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 49.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject on the inside rear windowcan damage the antenna ordefogger. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not stick anything to the rearwindow.

Air VentsUse the air vents located in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel to direct theairflow. Move the slats on the centerair vents to direct airflow.

Turn the knobs on the side air ventscounterclockwise or clockwise toopen or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.


172 Climate Controls

Maintenance

Air IntakeClear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom the air intake at the base of thewindshield that can block the flow ofair into the vehicle.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 297.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 307.

1. Open the glove box completelyand disconnect the damper onthe outboard side.

2. Push in both sides of the glovebox and pull to remove.

3. Install the new air filter.

4. Reinstall the air filter cover andglove box in reverse order.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.



It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.


174 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 176Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 177Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 178Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 179Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 181Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 185Ignition Positions (Key

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Ignition Positions (Keyless

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 189Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Shifting out of Park (AutomaticTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Parking (ManualTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Extended Parking (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 196Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 199

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 203

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 208Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 209Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 216Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 217Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219


Driving and Operating 175

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 62.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.



Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicle

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 253.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

reduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).


180 Driving and Operating. Pay attention to special road

signs (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 203.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied sooner

than when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 201.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 317. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 195.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 203.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until the

wheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 282.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.



{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 253 and TirePressure 0 260.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions (KeyAccess)

0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF

1. ACC/ACCESSORY



2. ON/RUN

3. START

The ignition switch has fourpositions.

To shift out of P (Park) with anautomatic transmission, the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.

0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This position turns off thevehicle. It also locks the ignition, thetransmission on an automatictransmission vehicle, and thesteering column, if equipped with alocking steering column.

To turn off the vehicle:

1. Make sure that the vehicle isstopped.

2. Shift to P (Park) with anautomatic transmission, orNeutral with a manualtransmission.

3. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 202.

4. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column (1),then turn the key toLOCK/OFF (2).

5. Remove the key.

6. Release the brake pedal.

See your dealer if the key can beremoved in any other position.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 192.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

If equipped with a locking steeringcolumn, the steering can bind withthe front wheels turned off center,which may prevent key rotation outof LOCK/OFF. If this happens, movethe steering wheel from right to leftwhile turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work,then the vehicle needs service.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, turn off the vehicleonly in an emergency.

In an emergency, if the vehiclecannot be pulled over and must beturned off while driving:

1. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.



2. Brake using firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. Continuebraking and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

4. Come to a complete stop.

5. Shift to P (Park) with anautomatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

6. Continue to hold the brakepedal, then set the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake0 202.

7. Push the key all the way intoward the steering column,then turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF.

8. Remove the key.

9. Release the brake pedal.

Caution

Use the correct key, make sure itis all the way in — or pushed allthe way in toward the steeringcolumn when turning off thevehicle — and turn it only withyour hand.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : Thisposition allows features such as theinfotainment system to operatewhile the vehicle is off. It alsounlocks the steering column,if equipped with a locking steeringcolumn. Use this position if thevehicle must be pushed or towed.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 192.

From ON/RUN, push the key all theway in toward the steering column,then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the engine off,the battery could drain and thevehicle may not start.

A warning chime will sound whenthe driver door is opened and thekey is in the ignition.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can beused to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument cluster warning andindicator lights. This position canalso be used for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be requiredfor emission inspection purposes.The switch stays in this positionwhen the engine is running. Thetransmission is also unlocked in thisposition on automatic transmissionvehicles.

If the key is left in ON/RUN with theengine off, the battery could drainand the vehicle may not start.

3 (START) : This is the position thatstarts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key. The ignitionreturns to ON/RUN for driving.



Ignition Positions(Keyless Access)

The vehicle may be equipped withan electronic keyless ignition withpushbutton start.

The transmitter must be in thevehicle for the system to operate.If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the Keyless Accesssystem.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)

0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be turned on or in ServiceMode, and the brake pedal must beapplied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 192.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will displaythe message SHIFT TO PARK.When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willswitch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. Turn theignition off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 202.



{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.For a manual transmission, set theparking brake before putting theignition in ACC/ACCESSORY.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressingENGINE START/STOP once willplace the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine crankingbegins, release the button. Enginecranking will continue until theengine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 189. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as they

do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.

Starting the Engine


Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.



Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 219.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal to the floorand start the engine.

Starting Procedure

Key Access

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition to START. When theengine cranks, let go of thekey. The idle speed will godown as the engine gets warm.

Caution

Holding the key in START forlonger than 15 seconds at a timewill cause the battery to bedrained much sooner. And theexcessive heat can damage thestarter motor. Wait about15 seconds between each try tohelp avoid draining the battery ordamaging the starter.

2. If the engine does not start,wait about 15 seconds and tryagain. Wait about 15 secondsbetween each try.

When the engine has run about10 seconds to warm up, thevehicle is ready to be driven.Do not run the engine at highspeed when it is cold.

If the weather is below freezing(0 °C or 32 °F), let the enginerun for a few minutes towarm up.

3. If the engine still will not start,or starts but then stops, it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in START forabout three seconds. If thevehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing,but this time keep the pedaldown for five or six seconds.This clears the extra gasolinefrom the engine.

Keyless Access

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.



If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message will display.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 126 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access)0 29 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 35.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather

(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehiclestarts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Engine HeaterThe engine heater can provideeasier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up incold weather conditions at or below

−18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with anengine heater should be plugged inat least four hours before starting.

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated in the driver side of theengine compartment, near thebattery. It is shipped from thefactory with a tie holding it inplace. Use care in removingthe tie so that the cord is notdamaged.



Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operating

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

condition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.



Shifting Into Park(Automatic Transmission)1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 202.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pressing the buttonon the shift lever and pushingthe lever all the way toward thefront of the vehicle.

3. Push the ignition key in,towards the steering columnand then turn the ignition off.

4. If equipped, remove the keyand take it with you. If you canleave the vehicle with theignition key in your hand, thevehicle is in P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), hold thebrake pedal down. Then see if youcan move the shift lever away fromP (Park) without first pressing thebutton on the shift lever. If you can,it means that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, see“Shifting Into Park” previously in thissection.



When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawlin the transmission, so you can pullthe shift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of Park(Automatic Transmission)This vehicle is equipped with a shiftlock control. The shift lock control isdesigned to:

. Prevent ignition key removal,if equipped, unless the shift leveris in P (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 279.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

The doors may lock when shiftingfrom P (Park). See Automatic DoorLocks 0 41.

Parking (ManualTransmission)

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, never get out of thevehicle without first moving theshift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),setting the parking brake andturning the ignition off. Thevehicle can roll, which couldcause serious injury or death.



Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended Parking(Keyless Access)It is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193 and EngineExhaust 0 195.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter outside thevehicle, it will continue to run for upto half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.


The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Manual Transmission

The timer will reset if vehicle speedexceeds 4 km/h (2.5 mph).

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193 and EngineExhaust 0 195. If the vehicle has amanual transmission, see Parking(Manual Transmission) 0 194.

AutomaticTransmission

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has a shift lock control.You must fully apply the brake pedalthen press the shift lever buttonbefore you can shift from P (Park)while the ignition is on. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever and push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then move the shift lever into

another gear. See Shifting out ofPark (Automatic Transmission)0 194.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 181.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.



Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

M : This position allows you tochange gears similar to a manualtransmission. If equipped, see“Manual Mode” following.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade

. When driving downhill

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude

Manual ModeTo use this feature, if equipped:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

While driving in manual mode,the transmission will remain inthe driver selected gear. Whencoming to a stop in the manualposition, the vehicle willautomatically shift into1 (First) gear.

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the side of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

The Driver Information Center (DIC)in the instrument cluster will changefrom the currently displayedmessage to the letter M, for Manualposition, and a number indicatingthe requested gear.



While using manual mode, thetransmission will have firmer shiftingand sportier performance. You canuse this for sport driving or whenclimbing hills to stay in gear longeror to downshift for more power orengine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm):

. The transmission will notautomatically shift to the nexthigher gear if the vehicle speedor engine rpm is too low.

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too high.

Manual Transmission

Caution

Shifting the vehicle initially intoany gear other than 1 (First) orR (Reverse) can damage theclutch. Shift the manualtransmission in the propersequence, and time the gearshifting with the accelerator toavoid revving the engine anddamaging the clutch.

1 (First) : Press the clutch pedaland shift into 1 (First). Then, slowlylet up on the clutch pedal as youpress the accelerator pedal.

You can shift into 1 (First) whengoing less than 32 km/h (20 mph).If you have come to a complete stopand it is hard to shift into 1 (First),put the shift lever in Neutral and letup on the clutch. Press the clutchpedal back down. Then shift into1 (First).

2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedalas you let up on the acceleratorpedal and shift into 2 (Second).Then, slowly let up on the clutchpedal as you press the acceleratorpedal.

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) thesame way as for 2 (Second). Slowlylet up on the clutch pedal as youpress the accelerator pedal.



To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use this position whenyou start or idle the engine.

R (Reverse) : To back up, pressdown the clutch pedal, lift up thereverse lockout ring on the shiftlever, and shift into R (Reverse). Letup on the clutch pedal slowly whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

Shift Speeds

{ Warning

If you skip a gear whendownshifting, you could losecontrol of the vehicle. You couldinjure yourself or others. Do notshift down more than one gear ata time when downshifting.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the manual transmissionfluid is too hot. Driving at highspeed under this condition candamage the vehicle. Drive at aslower speed, or stop and idle theengine to cool the manualtransmission fluid. The messageclears when the vehicle hasslowed and the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

Up-Shift Light

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have an up-shift light.This light indicates when to shift tothe next higher gear for better fueleconomy.



For the best fuel economy,accelerate slowly and shift when thelight comes on, and if the weather,road, and traffic conditions allow.

It is normal for the light to go on andoff if the accelerator positionchanges quickly. Ignore the lightduring downshifts.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 119.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.



Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

With the brake pedal applied, pullup firmly on the parking brakehandle without pressing the releasebutton.See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193 or Parking(Manual Transmission) 0 194. If theignition is on, the brake systemwarning light will come on. SeeBrake System Warning Light 0 118.

To release the parking brake:

1. Hold the brake pedal down.

2. Pull the parking brake handleup until you can press therelease button.

3. Hold the release button in asyou move the brake handle allthe way down.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Driving with the parking brakeapplied will cause a warning chimeto sound and a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message to display.Release the parking brake or stopthe vehicle.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brake



pressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade sufficient enough to activateHSA. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driverreleases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,

HSA holds the braking pressure fora maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limitwheel slip and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the



vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins tolimit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 181and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On



Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.The appropriate message maydisplay in the DIC.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster. Theappropriate message may display inthe DIC.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. The

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 223.

Cruise ControlIf the vehicle is equipped with cruisecontrol, a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more can be maintainedwithout keeping your foot on theaccelerator. Cruise control does notwork at speeds below 40 km/h(25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If the vehicle's Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system begins to limit wheel spinwhile using cruise control, the cruise



control will automatically disengage.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 203. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 212. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, the cruise control canbe turned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

o : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

n : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

Ifo is on when not in use, SET/−or RES/+ could get bumped andgo into cruise when not desired.Keepo off when cruise control isnot being used.

To set cruise control:

1. Presso to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel down toSET/− and release it.

4. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 111.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesor clutch for manual transmissionsare applied orn is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.



Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES/+ and hold it until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase the vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly and then release it. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 126. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel towardSET/− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, move thethumbwheel toward SET/−briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 126. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previousset cruise control speed. While

pressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflymoving the thumbwheel towardSET/- will result in cruise control setto the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well cruise control works onhills depends on the vehicle speed,load, and the steepness of the hills.When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. To disengage cruise control,step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift toNeutral (manual transmissions).



. Pressn.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral) (automatictransmissions).

. To turn off cruise control,presso.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifo ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 176.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked. . Front and rear bumpers and the

area below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, the RVC may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC shows animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,



shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h(8 mph).

Select Guidance Lines on thecamera screen to enable or disablethe guidance lines.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is above the licenseplate.

The area displayed by the camera islimited. It does not display objectsthat are close to either corner orunder the bumper, and can varydepending on vehicle orientation orroad conditions. Displayed imagesmay be closer or farther than theyappear.

The following illustrations show thefield of view that the cameraprovides.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corner of the Rear Bumper



The RVC system may have afeature that lets the driver view parkassist symbols on the infotainmentdisplay while using the RVC. RearPark Assist (RPA) must not bedisabled to use the caution symbols.The error message Rear Park AssistSymbols Unavailable may display ifRPA has been disabled and thesymbols have been turned on. SeePark Assist 0 211.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. The RVC is turned off.

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in acrash. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change, or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)assists the driver with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). RPA operates atspeeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).The sensors on the rear bumperdetect objects up to 1.5 m (4.9 ft)behind the vehicle, and at least20 cm (8 in) off the ground. Thedistance at which objects can bedetected may be less during warmeror humid weather.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.

How the System Works

RPA comes on automatically whenthe shift lever is moved intoR (Reverse). A single beep soundsto indicate the system is working.

RPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

An obstacle is indicated by audiblebeeps. The time between the beepsbecomes shorter as the vehicle gets



closer to the obstacle. When thedistance is less than 30 cm (12 in),the beeping is a continuous tone.

Turning the System On and Off

The RPA system can be turned onand off using the infotainmentsystem controls. See VehiclePersonalization 0 132.

When the system is off, PARKASSIST OFF displays on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Themessage disappears after a shortperiod of time.

RPA defaults to the on setting eachtime the vehicle is started.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If thismessage occurs, check thefollowing conditions:

. The sensors are not clean. Keepthe vehicle's rear bumper free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 286.

. The Park Assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message may notclear until the frost or ice hasmelted.

If the above conditions do not exist,take the vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

PARK ASSIST OFF : If the RPAsystem does not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:

. An object was hanging out of thetrunk during the last drive cycle.Once the object is removed,RPA will return to normaloperation.

. The bumper is damaged. Takethe vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.



FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 176.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display on top of theinstrument panel to the right of thesteering wheel will flash. Also,several rapid high-pitched beeps willsound from the front. When this



Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The red FCA display will staycontinuously illuminated when youare following a detected vehicleahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press COLLISIONALERT to set the alert timing to far,medium, near, or off. The first buttonpress shows the current controlsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.

Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may sometimes setunnecessary alerts to turningvehicles, vehicles in other lanes,objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts arenormal operation and the vehicledoes not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror may correct theissue.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in that

direction. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center console. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.



Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended FuelDo not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

volume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.



Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 216.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the passenger side of thevehicle.



To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise. The fuelcap has a spring in it; if the cap isreleased too soon, it will spring backto the right.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 286.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks. Make surethe cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off or

improperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 116.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 116.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 80 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 80.


Vehicle Care 221

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 222California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 223Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 229Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 231Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 231Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 236Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Battery - North America . . . . . . 239Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 240Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 241

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 242Windshield Replacement . . . . . 243Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Headlamps and Front Turn

Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 247

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 248Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 255Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 272


222 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 278

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 282Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 239and Jump Starting - North America0 279 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 223

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 322.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80.


224 Vehicle Care

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 38.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 308.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handleinside the vehicle. It is locatedon the lower left side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand move the secondary hoodrelease lever toward the rightside of the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 225

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop from its retainer,located in front of the enginecompartment. Securely placethe hood prop into the slot onthe underside of the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on the hoodprop. Remove the hood propfrom the slot in the undersideof the hood and return the propto its retainer. The prop rodmust click into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process ifnecessary.


226 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 227

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 231.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 227.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 232.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 227.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 232.

6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See Brake Fluid 0 238 andHydraulic Clutch 0 231.

7. Battery - North America 0 239.

8. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 237.

9. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 249.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 229.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

If the engine oil pressure lightcomes on, check the engine oil levelright away. The oil pressure light ison the instrument cluster. SeeEngine Oil Pressure Light 0 123.Check the engine oil level regularly;this is an added reminder.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 226 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.


228 Vehicle Care

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 310.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that you

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

have an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the upper mark thatshows the proper operatingrange, the engine could bedamaged. You should drain outthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 226 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306.


Vehicle Care 229

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even cause

cancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change is


230 Vehicle Care

indicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A: % CHANGEmessage in the DIC comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)

since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Press MENU to showRemaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press SET/CLR whilethe oil life display is active.Select YES and press and holdSET/CLR. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

If the: % CHANGE message inthe DIC comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.


Vehicle Care 231

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 297, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306.

Manual TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 306 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchFor vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is not necessary toregularly check brake/clutch fluidunless there is a leak suspected.Adding fluid will not correct a leak.A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The common hydraulic clutch andbrake master cylinder fluid reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 226 for reservoir location.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the brake/clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system shouldbe closed and sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top‐off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter islocated in the engine compartmenton the passenger side of thevehicle. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 226 for more informationon location.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 297.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearby


232 Vehicle Care

components are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1. Remove the two screws, tilt thecover, and slide it out of theassembly.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover, slide it intothe assembly, then secure withthe two screws.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 233

Warning (Continued)

Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 236.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used


234 Vehicle Care

coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.


Vehicle Care 235

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the coolant surgetank when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is not atthe proper level, repeat Steps 1–3 and reinstall the pressure cap.If the coolant still is not at the properlevel when the system cools downagain, see your dealer.


236 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 317.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) for an automatictransmission or Neutral for amanual transmission, and letthe engine idle.


Vehicle Care 237

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 226 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can


238 Vehicle Care

be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,

inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 310.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinderreservoir is filled with GM approvedDOT 3 brake fluid as indicated onthe reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 226 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

Place the vehicle in P (Park) orNeutral with the parking brakeapplied if equipped with a manualtransmission. On a level surface,the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum andmaximum marks on the brake fluidreservoir.


Vehicle Care 239

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 118.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 306.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 226 for battery location.


240 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 222 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 279 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.


Vehicle Care 241

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) with

normal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckIf equipped with Key Access, whileparked, and with the parking brakeset, try to turn the ignition off ineach shift lever position.

. For automatic transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnoff only when the shift lever is inP (Park).

. For manual transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnoff only when the shift lever is inNeutral.

On all Key Access vehicles, theignition key should come out onlywhen the ignition is off.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.


242 Vehicle Care. To check the P (Park)

mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

Windshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking. Seethe Maintenance Schedule 0 297 formore information.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For properwindshield wiper blade length andtype, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 307.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Squeeze the tabs on each sideof the wiper blade assemblyand slide the assembly off theend of the wiper arm.

3. Install the new blade onto thearm and make sure the tabsare fully set in the lockedposition.

4. Repeat the steps for the otherwiper.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement


Vehicle Care 243

1. Pull the wiper arm a shortdistance away from theglass (1).

2. Pull the blade out fromthe arm (2).

It may require extra effort toremove the old blade.

3. Once the blade pin disengagesfrom the wiper arm, remove thewiper blade by sliding the pinout of the guide hole.

4. Reverse the steps to install thenew blade.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 297.


244 Vehicle Care

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 245

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

Headlamps and FrontTurn Signal

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Low-Beam Headlamp3. High-Beam Headlamp

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 224.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by turning it

one-quarter turncounterclockwise and pulling itstraight up and out of thebottle.

3. Remove the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

4. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseand pull straight back.

5. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb.

6. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

7. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.


246 Vehicle Care

8. Install the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

9. For the driver side bulb,replace the windshield washerbottle filler neck by turning itone-quarter turn clockwise intothe bottle.

Turn Signal Lamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 224.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it straight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps

Sedan Taillamp Shown, HatchbackTaillamp Similar

1. Back-up Lamp2. Stoplamp/Taillamp3. Turn Signal Lamp4. Taillamp

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the two screws, whichsecure the taillamp assembly.

3. Remove the taillamp assemblyby pulling it straight back untilthe two posts disengage fromthe grommets.


Vehicle Care 247

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

6. Install a new bulb into the bulbsocket.

7. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.

8. Install the taillamp assemblyand tighten the two screws.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Turn the lamp assembly intothe lamp assembly openingengaging the clip side first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.


248 Vehicle Care

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.


Vehicle Care 249

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Antilock brakesystem valve

2 Sunroof

4 Rear fog lamp

5 Outside mirror/Power windowswitch

6 Automaticoccupantsensing/ROS

7 Passive entry/Passive start

8 Regulated voltagecontrol

9 Rear wiper

10 Intelligent batterysensor

11 Rear windowdefogger

12 Electric steeringcolumn lock


250 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

14 Heated outsidemirror

15 Front heated seats

16 Fuel system controlmodule 1

17 Canister vent

18 Washer

20 Engine controlmodule 5

21 Fuel system controlmodule 2/Leveling

22 Transmissioncontrol module 1/DC DC converter


25 Coil




Mini Fuses Usage

29 Injector/Ignition coil

30 Engine controlmodule

31 Air conditioningclutch

32 Transmissioncontrol module

33 Horn

34 Front fog lamps

35 Left high-beamheadlamp

36 Right high-beamheadlamp

J-CaseFuses

Usage

1 Front wipers

2 Antilock brakesystem pump

3 Blower

4 Run/Crank IEC

5 Power seat

J-CaseFuses

Usage

6 Cooling fan K4

7 Cooling fan K5

9 Electricvacuum pump

10 Start

Relays Usage

RLY 1 Front wiper control

RLY 2 Rear fog lamp

RLY 3 Front wiper speed

RLY 4 Rear defogger

RLY 5 Run/Crank

RLY 9 Cooling fan K2


RLY 11 P/T

RLY 12 Start

RLY 13 Air conditioningclutch

RLY 14 High-beamheadlamps


Vehicle Care 251

Relays Usage


Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the underside of the driver sideinstrument panel.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

DLIS Discrete logicignition switch

DLC Data link connector

SDM Sensing anddiagnostic module

L/GATE Liftgate

PWRWNDWREAR

Rear powerwindow

BCM8 Body controlmodule 8








252 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage


IPC Instrument panelcluster

TELEMATICS Telematics

PAS/SBSA Park assist system/Side blind spotalert system

RAIN SNSR Rain sensing wiper

AUDIO Audio

TRAILER1 Trailer 1

LDW/FCA Lane departurewarning/Frontcollision alert

CGM Central gatewaymodule

HVAC1 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning 1

HLLD SW Automaticheadlamp levelingswitch

Fuses Usage

IPC/AOS Instrument cluster/Automaticoccupant sensingdisplay

SPARE –

TRAILER2 Trailer hitch 2

CLOCKSPRING

Clock spring

HVAC2 Heating,ventilation, and airconditioning 2

HTDSTR WHL

Heated steeringwheel

SPARE –

S/ROOF SW Sunroof switch

CIGAR APO Cigar auxiliarypower outlet

ESCL Electric steeringcolumn lock

PWR WNDWFRONT

Front powerwindows

IRAP ACCY IRAP accessory

BATT CONN Battery connector

Relays Usage

RUN RELAY Run

L/GATERELAY

Liftgate

IRAP RELAY IRAP

RAP/ACCYRELAY

Retainedaccessory power/Accessory


Vehicle Care 253

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall


254 Vehicle Care

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 254.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 267.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 254.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperatures

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 255

Caution (Continued)

above −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 265.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the


256 Vehicle Care

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 269.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 278 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 272.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 260.


Vehicle Care 257

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of


258 Vehicle Care

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 260.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire Identification

Number (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.


Vehicle Care 259

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 260 andVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm


260 Vehicle Care

(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 266.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 269.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 181.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed to


Vehicle Care 261

support the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget the compact spare, if thevehicle has one. The coldcompact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi).See Compact Spare Tire 0 278.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaning

the vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system


262 Vehicle Care

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is

combined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 262.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure


Vehicle Care 263

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181.

The low tire pressure warning lightcomes on at each ignition cycle untilthe tires are inflated to the correctinflation pressure.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low and mustbe inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 181, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 260.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tire

maintenance. See Tire Inspection0 265, Tire Rotation 0 265 and Tires0 253.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. The malfunctionlight comes on at each ignition cycle

until the problem is corrected. Someof the conditions that can cause thisto come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight should go off after the roadtire is replaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light should go offafter successfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light should go offwhen the TPMS sensors areinstalled and the sensor


264 Vehicle Care

matching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer forservice.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 267.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light comes on andstays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of the

TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensormatching process should also beperformed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightshould go off at the next ignitioncycle. The sensors are matched tothe tire/wheel positions, using aTPMS relearn tool, in the followingorder: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition on withoutstarting the vehicle or place thevehicle in Service Mode.See Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) 0 185 or IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access)0 188.

3. Press the MENU button todisplay the menu items in theDriver InformationCenter (DIC).

4. If the vehicle has a base levelDIC, use the thumbwheel toscroll to the Tire Learn menuitem screen.

If the vehicle has an uplevelDIC, use the thumbwheel toscroll to the Tire Pressuremenu item screen.

5. Press and hold the SET/CLRbutton to begin the sensormatching process.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.


Vehicle Care 265

6. The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRE LEARNmessage may display on theDIC screen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensor

matching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNmessage on the DIC displayscreen goes off.


13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the


266 Vehicle Care

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 266 and WheelReplacement 0 271.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label after

the tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 260 andVehicle Load Limits 0 181.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 262.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 310.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.


Vehicle Care 267

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 265 and TireRotation 0 265.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 255.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adversely


268 Vehicle Care

affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 265. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could fail

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

suddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 261.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.


Vehicle Care 269

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 267 andAccessories and Modifications0 223.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,

compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.


270 Vehicle Care

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on

specified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of

performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or the


Vehicle Care 271

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 195/65R15 or 205/55R16, donot use tire chains. There is notenough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by the

(Continued)


272 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with195/65R15 or 205/55R16 sizetires, use tire chains only wherelegal and only when necessary.Use low profile chains that add nomore than 10 mm thickness to thetire tread and inner sidewall. Use

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

chains that are the proper size forthe tires. Install them on the tiresof the front axle. Do not usechains on the tires of the rearaxle. Tighten them as tightly aspossible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,slow down until it stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning the wheelswith chains on will damage thevehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 253. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 273

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 137.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


274 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

The compact spare tire and toolsare located in the storagecompartment in the rear of thevehicle. The jack and tools arestored below the spare tire.

1. Extension2. Jack3. Wheel Wrench4. Strap

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk or liftgate.See Trunk (Sedan) 0 43 orLiftgate (Hatchback) 0 44.

2. Lift the trim cover.

3. Turn the retainercounterclockwise and remove itfrom the compact spare.

4. Remove the compact sparetire. See Compact Spare Tire0 278 for more information.

5. Remove the jack and toolsfrom their container and placethem near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 272.

2. Remove the wheel cover, if thevehicle has one, to reach thewheel bolts.


Vehicle Care 275

3. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise to loosenthem. Do not remove them yet.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

4. Place the jack at the positionmarked with a half circle.

5. Insert the jack handle into thejack and the wheel wrenchonto the end of the jack handle.

6. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise until the lift head isfirmly contacting the properlifting point nearest the flat tire.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)


276 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

7. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the vehicle.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there isenough room for the compactspare tire to fit underneath thewheel well.

8. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise toremove them.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

rust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turningthe wheel wrenchcounterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by the

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 277

Warning (Continued)

aftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 310 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 310 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire and Tools

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the trim cover.

3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

If the vehicle is a sedan the flattire should be against the backof the rear seats.

If the vehicle is a hatchbackthe flat tire should be againstthe back of the trunk.


278 Vehicle Care

4. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

Sedan

Hatchback

5. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

6. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

7. Tighten the strap.

Storing the Compact Spare Tireand Tools

Reverse the instructions forremoving the spare tire and tools tostore the compact spare tire.

The compact spare tire is fortemporary use only. Replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as you can. SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 278.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread of


Vehicle Care 279

the spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 239.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)


280 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 222 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive Post

2. Discharged BatteryNegative Post

3. Good Battery Negative Post

4. Good Battery Positive Post

The jump start negative post andpositive post are on the dischargedbattery on the driver side of thevehicle.

The jump start positive post andnegative post are on the battery ofthe vehicle providing the jump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.


Vehicle Care 281

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 193 with anautomatic transmission,or Parking (ManualTransmission) 0 194 with amanual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) post for thedischarged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.


282 Vehicle Care

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused to pull the vehicle onto aflatbed car carrier from a flat roadsurface. Do not use theseattachment points to pull the vehiclefrom snow, mud or sand.

Front Tow Eye

If equipped with a tow eye, only usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle ontoa flatbed car carrier from a flat roadsurface. Do not use the tow eye topull the vehicle from snow, mud,or sand


Vehicle Care 283

Carefully open the cover in thefascia that conceals the tow eyesocket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.

When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehicle

(Continued)


284 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

warranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

When dinghy towing a vehicle withan automatic transmission, thevehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.

To dinghy tow the vehicle from thefront with all four wheels on theground:

1. Position the vehicle to tow andthen secure it to the towingvehicle.

2. Shift an automatic transmissionto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) gearand turn the ignition off.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. To prevent the battery fromdraining while the vehicle isbeing towed, remove the DLISfuse from the instrument panelfuse block. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 251.

5. For Keyless Access vehicles,to prevent the battery fromdraining while the vehicle isbeing towed, remove theBCM1 and BCM2 fuses fromthe instrument panel fuse

block, and fuse 7 from theengine compartment fuseblock. See Instrument PanelFuse Block 0 251 and EngineCompartment Fuse Block0 249.

6. Turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

7. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

8. Release the parking brake.

Reinstall the fuses once thedestination has been reached.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 285

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) gear.

4. Set the parking brake and turnthe vehicle off.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.


286 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.


Vehicle Care 287

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damage,always follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.


288 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfaces


Vehicle Care 289

can be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 306.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.


290 Vehicle Care

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.


Vehicle Care 291

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.


292 Vehicle Care

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 293

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


294 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 295

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 295

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 297

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 308

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


296 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 181.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 216.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 223.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 227.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 260.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 265.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 237.

Engine Oil Change

When a: % CHANGE messagedisplays in the DIC, have the engineoil and filter changed within the next1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under thebest conditions, the engine oil lifesystem may not indicate the needfor vehicle service for up to a year.The engine oil and filter must be

changed at least once a year andthe oil life system must be reset.Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 229.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 265.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 227 andEngine Oil Life System 0 229.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 232.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 237.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 260.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 265.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 231.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 286.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missing



parts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 286.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 69.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 286.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 240.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 241.

. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 241.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 241.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 243.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 52.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. If equipped with an automatictransmission. (6)

Replace brake/clutch fluid. If equipped withmanual transmission. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 232.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. See Brake Fluid0 238.

(7) If equipped with a manualtransmission, replace brake/clutchfluid every three years. See BrakeFluid 0 238.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 242.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. If equipped with an automatictransmission. (6)

Replace brake/clutch fluid. If equipped withmanual transmission. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 232.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. See Brake Fluid0 238.

(7) If equipped with a manualtransmission, replace brake/clutchfluid every three years. See BrakeFluid 0 238.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 242.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 286.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

. A message may indicate whenscheduled maintenance on thetiming belt and othercomponents is required.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.



With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 290 andExterior Care 0 286.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


Service and Maintenance 305. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chassis Lubrication and ManualTransmission Shift Linkage

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 232.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 227.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders and Hood andDoor Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96950990 A3229C

Engine Oil Filter 25195785 PF2263G

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356914 CF184

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Engine 55585517 41–121

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 95228809 —

Passenger Side – 38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95228810 —

Rear – 26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95016791 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 309

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 312

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 310 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the spare tire well in the trunkthat contains the followinginformation:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


310 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 306 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

1.4L L4 6.5 L 6.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.4L L4 4.0 L 4.2 qt

Fuel Tank 46.0 L 12.1 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


Technical Data 311

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 LUV B Automatic and Manual 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)


312 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.4L L4 Engine


Customer Information 313

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 316Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 316GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 320Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 325OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


314 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 309.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada)www.chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.


Customer Information 317. Download owner’s manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner or



driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner's

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not a

regularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.


Customer Information 319. Alternative Service: If

assistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,

unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.



customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 317.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


322 Customer Information. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 75.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 329.


OnStar 327

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collect

information about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


328 OnStar

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 329

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


330 OnStar

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


OnStar 331

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 219. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


332 OnStar

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


OnStar 333

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


334 OnStar

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Connected Services 335

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



336 Connected Services

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


Connected Services 337

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


338 Connected Services

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

If equipped, press= and touchAccount Services to view thenumber of remaining minutes,available Wi-Fi data, and otheraccount information.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


Index 339

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 219Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .57Agreements

Trademarks and License . . . . . 167Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 231Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Passenger Sensing System . . . .76What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .72

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Passenger Status Indicator . . . .115Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Antenna

Backglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 201Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

ArmrestFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59


340 Index

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

AudioBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Avoiding Untrusted Media

Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

BBackglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Battery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Battery - North America . . . .239, 279Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 242Bluetooth

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 157

Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Brake

System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .118Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 185Bulb Replacement

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Headlamps and Front Turn

Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 247Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109California

Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .222, 239, 279,

Back CoverCamera

Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 116Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 241Child Restraints

Infants and Young Children . . . . .84Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82


Index 341

Child Restraints (cont'd)Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 169Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 320Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Connected Services

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 336

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Coolant

Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Cover

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Customer Information

Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 320Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Collection

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 325Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 338Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Door

Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 312Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 208Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Driving

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .25Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 179If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 181


342 Index

Driving (cont'd)Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 181Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

EElectrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 226Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Engine (cont'd)Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . 124Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 196Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 325Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 135Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 231Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 137Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 230Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 120Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 123Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216


Index 343

Fuel (cont'd)Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Gauges

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 295Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 137Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 124High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 136Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 125

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 179Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 203Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . .185, 188Ignition Transmission Lock

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Indicator

Owner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 322

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 142

JJack

Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Jump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279


344 Index

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 29, 35Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 255Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 136Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 139

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .118Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 122Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 123Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 136Hood Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 120Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Lights (cont'd)Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . 124Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .114Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . .118StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . . 121Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 120

Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Locks

Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 123Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57


Index 345

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 297

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 116Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Media

Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 150Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

MirrorsConvex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 335New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 185

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Oil

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 229Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 82Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 316OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

OperationFog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . 118

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 241Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 195Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . . 121

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 76Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 223


346 Index

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

PhoneApple CarPlay and

Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 157

PortUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

PowerMirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . 124Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 192Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Power Steering WarningLights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 68Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 325Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 319Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .222, 239, 279,

Back Cover

Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 323Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Radios

AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 209Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 108Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Recommended

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 283Reduced Engine Power Light . . . 124Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 35Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 81Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 324General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 312Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196


Index 347

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 324General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 319Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .69Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .68

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .57Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .57Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 96, 98

SecurityOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Climate Control System . . . . . . . 169Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 223Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 308Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Parts Identification Label . . . . . 309Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 319Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Special Application Services . . . . 302Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 240Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 120Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

StorageLoad Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 102Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243


348 Index

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Taillamps

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 316Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 47

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Tires (cont'd)Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Pressure Monitor Operation . . 262Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 261Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Terminology and Definitions . . 257Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 271When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Towing

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 219Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 283Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 122Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

UUltrasonic Parking Sensor

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 269Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176


Index 349

Vehicle (cont'd)Identification Number (VIN) . . . 309Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .118Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 121Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .118Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 214

Warning LightForward Collision

Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Warning Lights, Gauges, and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 270Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 88Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 242Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

2019 Sonic

Sonic Owner’s Manual

84180404 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Sonic_COV_en_US_84180404A_2018JUN01.ai 1 5/29/2018 1:22:08 PM19_CHEV_Sonic_COV_en_US_84180404A_2018JUN01.ai 1 5/29/2018 1:22:08 PM

Sonic Owner's Manual - Dealer E Process

Documents